Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

Со всех языков на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

law+of+the+heart

Толкование Перевод

1 καρδία

καρδία, ας, ἡ (since Hom. [καρδίη, κραδίη]. Rather rare in other wr. in the period of the Gk. Bible [s. Diod S 32, 20; Plut., Mor. p. 30a; 63a; Epict. 1, 27, 21; M. Ant. 2, 3, 3; 7, 13, 3; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 4, 1, 5; Lucian; pap, incl. PGM 5, 157; 13, 263; 833; 1066; s. below 1bη], but common LXX, pseudepigr.; Ar. 15, 3; Just., D. 39, 5; 46, 5 al.; Ath. 31, 3. On Philo and Joseph. s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht d. Jos. ’32, 21).

① heart as seat of physical, spiritual and mental life (as freq. in Gk. lit.), fig. extension of ‘heart’ as an organ of the body (Il. 13, 282 al.), a mng. not found in our lit.

ⓐ as the center and source of physical life (Ps 101:5; 103:15) ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς … τὰς κ. satisfying the hearts w. food Ac 14:17. τρέφειν τὰς κ. fatten the hearts Js 5:5.

ⓑ as center and source of the whole inner life, w. its thinking, feeling, and volition (νοῦν κ. φρένας κ. διάνοιαν κ. λογισμὸν εἶπέ τις ποιητὴς [Hes., Fgm. 247 Rz.] ἐν καρδίᾳ περιέχεσθαι=some poet said that the heart embraces perception, wit, intellect, and reflection), of humans whether in their pre-Christian or Christian experience

α. in an all-inclusive sense: said of God’s or Christ’s awareness about the inner life of humans γινώσκειν τὰς καρδίας (cp. 1 Km 16:7; 1 Ch 28:9; s. also Did., Gen. 170, 24) Lk 16:15; δοκιμάζειν 1 Th 2:4; ἐρευνᾶν Ro 8:27; Rv 2:23 (νεφροὺς κ. καρδίας as Ps 7:10; Jer 17:10; 20:12); κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας Hb 4:12; τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς κ. 1 Cor 14:25 (cp. TestReub 1:4). Generally, of human attitudes ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς κ. ἄνθρωπος 1 Pt 3:4. ἐκ καρδίας from (the bottom of) the heart=sincerely (Aristoph., Nub. 86) Ro 6:17. Also ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν (M. Ant. 2, 3, 3 ἀπὸ καρδίας εὐχάριστος τ. θεοῖς; Lucian, Jupp. Tr. 19; Is 59:13; La 3:33) Mt 18:35. ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας (TestLevi 13:1) Ac 8:37 v.l. Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς κ. ὑμῶν 1 Pt 3:15. Opp. κοιλία Mk 7:19. Opp. πρόσωπον and καρδία externals and inner attitude of heart (cp. 1 Km 16:7 ἄνθρωπος ὄψεται εἰς πρόσωπον, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ὄψεται εἰς καρδίαν) 2 Cor 5:12. The same contrast προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ outwardly, not inwardly 1 Th 2:17. As seat of inner life in contrast to mouth or lips, which either give expression to the inner life or deny it Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6 (both Is 29:13); Mt 15:18; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); vs. 9f; 2 Cor 6:11. ψάλλοντες (+ ἐν v.l.) τῇ καρδίᾳ Eph 5:19. ᾂδειν ἐν ταῖς κ. Col 3:16.

β. of inner awareness (see the ‘poet’ under 1b above; Aesop, Fab. 254P.=232H/134b H-H./184 Ch.; 3 Km 10:2; Job 12:3; 17:4): 2 Cor 4:6; Eph 1:18; 2 Pt 1:19. τῇ κ. συνιέναι understand Mt 13:15b; Ac 28:27b (both Is 6:10). νοεῖν τῇ κ. think J 12:40b. ἐν τῇ κ. λέγειν (Dt 8:17; 9:4; Ps 13:1. Also Aesop Fab. 62 H.=283b 5 H-H./179c Ch. βοῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ alternating w. ταῦτα καθʼ ἑαυτὸν λέγοντος) say to oneself, i.e. think, reflect, without saying anything aloud Mt 24:48; Lk 12:45; Ro 10:6; Rv 18:7; διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:6, 8; Lk 3:15; 5:22; Hv 1, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3. The κ. as the source of διαλογισμοί Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21; Lk 2:35; 9:47. διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 24:38. ἀναβαίνει τι ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν τινός someth. enters someone’s mind=someone thinks of someth. (s. ἀναβαίνω 2) Ac 7:23; 1 Cor 2:9; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 3, 5; Hs 5, 7, 2. Also of memory Hv 3, 7, 6; m 4, 2, 2; 6, 2, 8. θέσθαι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 1:66. διατηρεῖν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ Lk 2:51 (cp. TestLevi 6:2). συμβάλλειν vs. 19. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Mt 9:4. διακρίνειν Hv 1, 2, 2. πάντα τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν καρδίᾳ λαμβάνων taking all my words to heart AcPl Ha 1, 6.—Likew. of a lack of understanding: ἡ ἀσύνετος κ. the senseless mind Ro 1:21; βραδὺς τῇ κ. slow of comprehension Lk 24:25 (cp. Tetr. Iamb. 2, 31a, 6 the mocking words of the fox ὦ ἀνόητε κ. βραδὺ τῇ καρδίᾳ). ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ. τοῦ λαοῦ Mt 13:15a; Ac 28:27a (both Is 6:10). πωροῦν τὴν κ. J 12:40a; κ. πεπωρωμένη Mk 6:52; 8:17; ἡ πώρωσις τῆς κ. 3:5; Eph 4:18. ἀπατᾶν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ Js 1:26; cp. Ro 16:18. κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν κ. κεῖται 2 Cor 3:15 (cp. ἐστί τι ‘κάλλυμα’ ἀγνοίας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 50, 5).—As the seat of thought, κ. is also the seat of doubt διακρίνεσθαι ἐν τῇ κ. Mk 11:23. διστάζειν Hm 9:5.—The gospel is sown in the heart Mt 13:19 v.l.; Mk 4:15 v.l.; Lk 8:12, 15. God opens the heart Ac 16:14 or the eyes of the heart Eph 1:18; 1 Cl 59:3 to Christian knowledge.

γ. of the will and its decisions (Diod S 32, 20) ἕκαστος καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ κ. each of you must give as you have made up your mind 2 Cor 9:7 (NRSV) (cp. TestJos 17:3 ἐπὶ προαιρέσει καρδίας). θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (s. 1 Km 21:13) make up your minds Lk 21:14; cp. Ac 5:4. πρόθεσις τ. καρδίας 11:23. βάλλειν εἰς τὴν κ. ἵνα put it into someone’s heart to J 13:2. Also διδόναι εἰς τ. κ. (2 Esdr 17:5) w. inf. foll. Rv 17:17, or πληροῦν τὴν κ. w. inf. foll. Ac 5:3. Cp. 1 Cor 4:5; 7:37; 2 Cor 8:16; in citation Hb 3:8, 15; 4:7 (each Ps 94:8) al. πλανᾶσθαι τῇ κ. 3:10. God’s law written in human hearts Ro 2:15; 2 Cor 3:2f. In citation Hb 8:10; 10:16 (both Jer 38:33). Stability in the face of dissident teaching Hb 13:9.

δ. of moral decisions, the moral life, of vices and virtues: ἁγνίζειν τὰς κ. Js 4:8; καθαρίζειν τὰς κ. Ac 15:9; Hv 3, 9, 8; w. ἀπό τινος Hm 12, 6, 5; καθαρὸς τῇ κ. pure in heart (Ps 23:4) Mt 5:8; καθαρὰ κ. (Sextus 46b) Hv 4, 2, 5; 5:7; m 2:7 cj.; Hs 7:6. ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς κ. ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς with hearts sprinkled clean from a consciousness of guilt Hb 10:22. κ. ἄμεμπτος 1 Th 3:13. ἀμετανόητος Ro 2:5. κ. πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας Hb 3:12; λίθιναι κ. B 6:14 (Ezk 36:26). γεγυμνασμένη πλεονεξίας trained in greediness 2 Pt 2:14 (cp. κ. … ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν ἔγκειται Did., Gen. 104, 14). Cp. Lk 21:34; Ac 8:21f. περιτομὴ καρδίας (cp. Jer 9:25; Ezk 44:7, 9) Ro 2:29.—B 9:1; 10:12. Cp. Ac 7:51.

ε. of the emotions, wishes, desires (Theognis 1, 366; Bacchylides 17, 18): ἐπιθυμίαι τῶν κ. desires of the heart Ro 1:24. ἐπὶ τὴν κ. σου ἀνέβη ἡ ἐπιθυμία τ. πονηρίας Hv 1, 1, 8; cp. Hs 5, 1, 5. ἐνθύμησις m 4, 1, 2; 6, 2, 7. μὴ ἀναβαινέτω σου ἐπὶ τὴν κ. περὶ γυναικός m 4, 1, 1; cp. Hv 1, 2, 4; Mt 5:28.—6:21; 12:34f; Lk 6:45; 12:34; 24:32 (s. καίω 1b); Js 3:14; 5:8. Of joy: ηὐφράνθη ἡ κ. Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9). χαρήσεται ἡ κ. J 16:22. Of sorrow: ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν τὴν κ. 16:6; λύπη ἐγκάθηται εἰς τὴν κ. grief sits in the heart Hm 10, 3, 3. ἡ κ. ταράσσεται (Job 37:1; Ps 142:4) J 14:1, 27; ὀδύνη τῇ κ. Ro 9:2. συνοχὴ καρδίας anguish of heart 2 Cor 2:4; διαπρίεσθαι ταῖς κ. Ac 7:54; κατανυγῆναι τὴν κ. 2:37; συνθρύπτειν τὴν κ. 21:13. κ. συντετριμμένη a broken heart B 2:10; 1 Cl 18:17b (Ps 50:19). συντετριμμένοι τὴν κ. Lk 4:18 v.l. παρακαλεῖν τὰς κ. Eph 6:22; Col 2:2; 4:8; 2 Th 2:17. Of hope (Ps 111:7) Hm 12, 5, 2. Of repentance ἐξ ὅλης κ. Hv 3, 13, 4; m 5, 1, 7; 12, 6, 1. Of sensitivity about doing what is right (1 Km 24:6; 2 Km 24:10) 1J 3:19, 20, 21 (s. ASkrinjar, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 340–50). Of a wish εὐδοκία τῆς κ. (s. εὐδοκία 3) Ro 10:1. Of a longing for God τὴν κ. ἔχειν πρὸς κύριον Hm 10, 1, 6. ἐπιστρέφεσθαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἐξ ὅλης τῆς κ. 12, 6, 2 (cp. 3 Km 8:48). προσέρχεσθαι μετὰ ἀληθινῆς κ. with sincere desire (cp. Is 38:3; TestDan 5:3 ἀλ. κ.) Hb 10:22. Cp. the opposite Ac 7:39.—Also of the wish or desire of God ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὴν κ. (τοῦ θεοῦ) after God’s heart i.e. as God wishes him to be Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14).

ζ. esp. also of love (Aristoph., Nub. 86 ἐκ τῆς κ. φιλεῖν; M. Ant. 7, 13, 3 ἀπὸ κ. φιλεῖν τ. ἀνθρώπους) ἀγαπᾶν τινα ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας Mk 12:30, 33; Lk 10:27 (cp. Dt 6:5 and APF 5, 1913, 393 no. 312, 9 ἐκ ψυχῆς κ. καρδίας). ἐν ὅλῃ τ. καρδίᾳ Mt 22:37; ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα Lk 1:17 (Mal 3:23); εἶναι ἐν τῇ κ. have a place in the heart 2 Cor 7:3; ἔχειν τινὰ ἐν τῇ κ. Phil 1:7; Hm 12, 4, 3; Hs 5, 4, 3; cp. m 12, 4, 5; κατευθύνειν τὰς κ. εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Th 3:5.—The opp. κατά τινος ἐν τῇ κ. ἔχειν have someth. against someone Hv 3, 6, 3.

η. of disposition (TestJob 48:1 ἀνέλαβεν ἄλλην κ.) διάνοια καρδίας Lk 1:51; ἁπλότης (τ.) καρδίας (TestReub 4:1, Sim 4:5 al.) Eph 6:5; Col 3:22; ἀφελότης καρδίας Ac 2:46. κ. καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32 (cp. Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 5]; combination of ψυχή and καρδία as PGM 7, 472; IDefixWünsch 3, 15; Dt 11:18; 1 Km 2:35; 4 Km 23:3 and oft. LXX—on such combinations s. Reader, Polemo p. 260 and cp. Demosth. 18, 220 ῥώμη καὶ τόλμη). πραῢς καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ κ. Mt 11:29 (cp. TestReub 6:10). ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς κ. ὑμῶν let the peace of Christ control you Col 3:15; cp. Phil 4:7.

θ. The human καρδία as the dwelling-place of heavenly powers and beings (PGM 1, 21 ἔσται τι ἔνθεον ἐν τῇ σῇ κ.): of the Spirit Ro 5:5; 2 Cor 1:22; Gal 4:6; of the Lord Eph 3:17; of the angel of righteousness Hm 6, 2, 3; 5.

② interior, center, heart, fig. ext. of 1 (Ezk 27:4, 25; Jon 2:4; Ps 45:3; EpJer 19) τῆς γῆς Mt 12:40.—S., in addition to works on Bibl. anthropology and psychology (πνεῦμα end): HKornfeld, Herz u. Gehirn in altjüd. Auffassung: Jahrb. für jüd. Gesch. u. Lit. 12, 1909, 81–89; ASchlatter, Herz. u. Gehirn im 1. Jahrh.: THaering Festschr. 1918, 86–94; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 216–22 (Paul), tr., Theol. of the NT, KGrobel, ’51, I, 220–27; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 305–33. For OT viewpoints s. RNorth, BRev 11/3, ’95, 33 (lit.)—B. 251. EDNT. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καρδία
2 νόμος

νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27.

① a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], Fgm. 93 D² of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ)

ⓐ gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspective

ⓑ of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P⁷⁴), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς | θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων | ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Hs 5, 6, 3, cp. Hs 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2.

② constitutional or statutory legal system, law

ⓐ gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below).

ⓑ specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod S 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mneves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, * 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b ( 27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende ’40). πλήρωμα ν. fulfilment of the law 13:10. ν. μετάθεσις a change in the law Hb 7:12. ἔργα ν. Ro 3:20a, 28; 9:32 v.l.; Gal 2:16; 3:2, 5, 10a.—(ὁ) ν. (τοῦ) θεοῦ Ro 7:22, 25a; 8:7 because it was given by God and accords w. his will. Lasting Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (cp. Bar 4:1; PsSol 10:4; Philo, Mos. 2, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277).—Used w. verbs, w. or without the art.: ν. ἔχειν J 19:7a; Ro 2:14 (ApcSed 14:5). πληροῦν ν. fulfill the law Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (Mel., P. 42, 291). πληροῦν τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ν. fulfill the requirement of the law Ro 8:4. φυλάσσειν τὸν ν. observe the law Ac 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ ν. φυλάσσειν observe the precepts of the law Ro 2:26; διώκειν ν. δικαιοσύνης 9:31a; πράσσειν ν. 2:25a. ποιεῖν τὸν ν. J 7:19b; Gal 5:3; Ro 2:14b, s. below; τὸν ν. τηρεῖν Js 2:10. τὸν ν. τελεῖν Ro 2:27. φθάνειν εἰς ν. 9:31b. κατὰ ν. Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ζῆν IMg 8:1 v.l. is prob. a textual error (Pearson, Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer, Hilgenfeld; Zahn, Ign. v. Ant. 1873 p. 354, 1 [difft. in Zahn’s edition] all omit νόμον as a gloss and are supported by the Latin versions; s. Hdb. ad loc.). τὰ τοῦ ν. ποιεῖν carry out the requirements of the law Ro 2:14b (ApcSed 14:5; FFlückiger, TZ 8, ’52, 17–42). καταλαλεῖν νόμου, κρίνειν ν. Js 4:11abc. ἐδόθη ν. Gal 3:21a.—Pl. διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν Hb 8:10; cp. 10:16 (both Jer 38:33).—Of an individual stipulation of the law ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἀνδρός the law insofar as it concerns the husband (Aristot., Fgm. 184 R. νόμοι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γαμετῆς.—SIG 1198, 14 κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐρανιστῶν; Num 9:12 ὁ ν. τοῦ πάσχα; Philo, Sobr. 49 ὁ ν. τῆς λέπρας) Ro 7:2b; cp. 7:3 and δέδεται νόμῳ vs. 2a (on the imagery Straub 94f); 1 Cor 7:39 v.l.—The law is personified, as it were (Demosth. 43, 59; Aeschin. 1, 18; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 [the law of punishment]; IMagnMai 92a, 11 ὁ ν. συντάσσει; b, 16 ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει; Jos., Ant. 3, 274) J 7:51; Ro 3:19.

③ a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinance

ⓐ in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod S 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], Fgm. 1, 18f Diehl² [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθʼ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44.

ⓑ In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT² 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz² 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT⁶ ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law² ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune ri-flessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > νόμος
3 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
4 κατά

κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).

A. w. the gen.

① marker of extension or orientation in space or specific area

ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.

ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).

ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.

② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.

ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.

ⓑ in a hostile sense, against

α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6

β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).

γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.

B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])

① marker of spatial aspect

ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.

ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.

ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).

ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.

② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)

ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).

ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).

ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.

③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)

ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.

ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.

④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).

⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to

ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.

α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.

β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.

γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).

δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.

ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).

α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general

β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).

⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.

⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as

ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.

ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.

ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά
5 λίθινος

λίθινος, ίνη, ον (Pind., Hdt.+; ins, pap, LXX; En 99:7 [cj.]; TestSol 11:8 C; Jos., Ant. 14, 57; 15, 401; Just., D. 9, 3) (made of) stone. εἴδωλα Rv 9:20; θεοί AcPl Ha 1, 19; cp. Dg 2:7 (s. Da 5:4, 23 Theod.; Hermocles [IV/III B.C.] p. 174, 19 Coll. Alex. [=Athen. 6, 63, 253e] in contrast to a ξύλινος or λίθινος θεός, Demetrius Poliorcetes is an ἀληθινός.—Diod S 22, 9, 4 ἀγάλματα [= θεοί] λίθινα κ. ξύλινα). ὑδρίαι water-jars J 2:6 (Athen. 13 p. 589 B ὑδρία λιθίνη; cp. POxy 937, 13 τῆς φιάλης τῆς λιθίνης). Of the tables of the law πλάκες λ. (LXX) 2 Cor 3:3; B 4:7 (Ex 31:18).—Fig. (Herodas 7, 109; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 13; Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 10, 10; Alciphron 4, 16, 7; Libanius, Or. 25, 47 vol. II 559, 12f.; Philo, Mos. 2, 202 λ. ψυχή) of the heart καρδία λ. a stony heart, i.e. one without feeling B 6:14 (Ezk 11:19; 36:26).—DELG s.v. λίθος. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λίθινος
6 εἶδον

εἶδον (Hom.+) used as the 2 aor. of ὁράω; mixed forms fr. 1 and 2 aor. somet. occur, and freq. as vv.ll. (B-D-F §81, 3; W-S. §13, 13; Rob. 337–39): εἶδα Rv 17:3 v.l.; εἴδαμεν Mk 2:12 v.l.; Ac 4:20, εἴδατε as v.l. Lk 7:22 and J 6:26, εἶδαν Mt 13:17; Mk 6:33 v.l.; Lk 10:24 al.; Ac 9:35. In gener., wherever εἶδον is read, the mixed form is found as v.l. Numerous mss. have both this and the phonetic spelling (B-D-F §23) ἴδον Rv 4:1; 6:1ff; ἴδες 1:19; ἴδεν Lk 5:2; Rv 1:2; ἴδομεν Lk 5:26; ἴδατε 7:22; ἴδετε Phil 1:30 (all as v.l.); subj. ἴδω; opt. ἴδοιμι; impv. ἴδε (Moeris p. 193 ἰδέ ἀττικῶς• ἴδε ἑλληνικῶς. W-S. §6, 7d; B-D-F §13; 101 p. 47 [ὁρᾶν]; Rob. 1215 [εἰδέω]; cp. PRyl 239, 21; LXX); inf. ἰδεῖν; ptc. ἰδών; mid. inf. ἰδέσθαι see. Since εἶδον functions as the aor. form of ὁράω, most of the mngs. found here will be duplicated s.v. ὁράω.

① to perceive by sight of the eye, see, perceive.

ⓐ w. acc. τινά, τὶ someone, someth. a star Mt 2:2; cp. vs. 9f; a child vs. 11; the Spirit of God as a dove 3:16; a light 4:16 (Is 9:2); two brothers vss. 18, 21 al. W. ἀκούειν (Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 29) Lk 7:22; Ac 22:14; 1 Cor 2:9; Phil 1:27, 30; 4:9; Js 5:11. Contrasted w. πιστεύειν J 20:29 (cp. 2 Cor 5:7); look at someone Mk 8:33; J 21:21; at someth. critically Lk 14:18.—Also of visions that one sees (Sir 49:8): εἶδον κ. ἰδοὺ θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ … κ. θρόνος … κ. ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον καθήμενος … Rv 4:1f (TestLevi 5:1 ἤνοιξέ μοι ὁ ἄγγελος τ. πύλας τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. κ. εἶδον τὸν ὕψιστον ἐπὶ θρόνον καθήμενον). ἰδεῖν ὅραμα Ac 10:17; 11:5; 16:10. ἐν ὁράματι in a vision 9:12; 10:3; also ἐν τῇ ὁράσει Rv 9:17. ὑπʼ (πάρʼ Joly) ἐμοῦ πάντα ἰδεῖν Hs 9, 1, 3 B. ἰδεῖν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς see w. one’s own eyes Mt 13:15; J 12:40; Ac 28:27 (all three Is 6:10; cp. Just., A I, 32, 4 ὄψει … ἰδεῖν). The combination ἰδών εἶδον I have surely seen 7:34 (Ex 3:7) is Hebraistic (but cp. Lucian, D. Mar. 4, 3 Jacobitz). The ptc. with and without acc. freq. serves to continue a narrative Mt 2:10; 5:1; 8:34; Mk 5:22; 9:20; Lk 2:48 al. The acc. is to be supplied Mt 9:8, 11; 21:20; Mk 10:14; Lk 1:12; 2:17; Ac 3:12 al.

ⓑ w. acc. and a ptc. (LXX; En 104:6; Lucian, Philops. 13 εἶδον πετόμενον τὸν ξένον; Tat. 23, 1 εἶδον ἀνθρώπους … βεβαρημένους) ἰδὼν πολλοὺς ἐρχομένους when he saw many coming Mt 3:7. εἶδεν τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην he saw his mother-in-law lying in bed (with fever) 8:14; cp. 9:9; 16:28; Ac 28:4 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 241); B 7:10; Hm 5, 2, 2 al.

ⓒ w. indir. question foll.: ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν to see just who Jesus was Lk 19:3; ἰ. τί ἐστιν τὸ γεγονός what had happened Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται Ἠλίας let us see whether Elijah will come 15:36 (s. εἰ 5bα). ἴδωμεν τί καλόν 1 Cl 7:3. ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν γράμμασιν ἔγραψα notice with what large letters I write to you Gal 6:11.

ⓓ w. ὅτι foll. Mk 2:16; 9:25; J 6:24; 11:31; Rv 12:13.

ⓔ the formulas (s. also ἴδε) ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε come and see J 1:46; 11:34; cp. 1:39 and ὑπάγετε ἴδετε Mk 6:38, borrowed fr. Semitic usage (cp. δεῦρο καὶ ἴδε, δεῦτε ἴδετε 4 Km 6:13; 7:14; 10:16; Ps 45:9; 65:5; ἐξέλθατε καὶ ἴδετε SSol 3:11), direct attention to a particular object.

② to become aware of someth. through sensitivity, feel (Alexis Com. 222, 4 ὀσμήν; Diod S 1, 39, 6 the blowing of the wind; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 28, 2 τὴν θείαν φωνήν; Aristaen., Ep. 2, 7 ὄψει τὸ πήδημα [the beating of the heart]; Ezk 3:13 εἶδον φωνήν) σεισμόν Mt 27:54.

③ to take special note of someth., see, notice, note (Philo, Abr. 191; Just., D. 120, 1 ἴδοις ἂν ὁ λέγω) faith Mt 9:2; thoughts vs. 4; Lk 9:47 v.l.; God’s kindness Ro 11:22. W. ὅτι foll. Mt 27:3, 24; Ac 12:3; Gal 2:7, 14. W. indir. question foll. (X., Symp. 2, 15; Ar. 2, 1 al.) consider, ponder someth. ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν consider the outstanding love the Father has shown 1J 3:1. W. περί τινος (Epict. 1, 17, 10; 4, 8, 24, ‘see about’ someth.): περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου deliberate concerning this matter Ac 15:6 (cp. 18:15, a Latinism [?] videre de, ‘look into, see to, deal with’, JNorth, NTS 29, ’83, 264–66).

④ to experience someth., see someth.= experience someth. (Ps 26:13); prosperous days 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:13); τ. βασιλείαν J 3:3. θάνατον see death=die Lk 2:26, echoed in GJs 24:4; cp. Hb 11:5 (cp. Ps 88:49; Anth. Pal. 6, 230 ἰδεῖν Ἀί̈δην). πένθος grief Rv 18:7 (cp. 1 Macc 13:3 τὰς στενοχωρίας; Eccl 6:6 ἀγαθωσύνην). τὴν διαφθοράν experience decay=decay Ac 2:27, 31; 13:35–37 (all Ps 15:10); τ. ἡμέραν (Soph., Oed. R. 831; Aristoph., Pax 345; Polyb. 10, 4, 7; 32, 10, 9; Ael. Aristid. 32 p. 601 D.; Lam 2:16; En 103:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 305): τὴν ἡμέραν τ. ἐμήν J 8:56; μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν Lk 17:22.

⑤ to show an interest in, look after, visit (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 19 §73e visit a country place; 5, 62 §266 visit or look after a sick woman) Lk 8:20; Ac 16:40; 1 Cor 16:7. τὸ πρόσωπόν τινος (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 24, 2) visit someone 1 Th 2:17; 3:10; come or learn to know someone (Epict. 3, 9, 14 Ἐπίκτητον ἰδεῖν) Lk 9:9; 23:8; J 12:21; Ro 1:11; Phil 2:26 v.l.; w. προσλαλῆσαι Ac 28:20. See ἴδε, ἰδού, and ὁράω.—B. 1041. DELG s.v. ἰδεῖν. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἶδον
7 θησαυρός

θησαυρός, οῦ, ὁ (s. prec. entry; Hes., Hdt.+; loanw. in rabb.; τὴν θ. TestSol 13:2 C).

① a place where someth. is kept for safekeeping, repository (Theoph. Ant. 2, 35 [p. 188, 16])

ⓐ of repositories for material things

α. treasure box or chest (cp. X., An. 5, 4, 27; Diod S 17, 71, 1; PTebt 6, 27; PAmh 41, 8; En 97:9; Jos., Ant. 9, 163) Mt 2:11.

β. storehouse, storeroom (Appian, Fgm. 6; PRyl 231, 8; PFay 122, 4; POxy 101, 29; Am 8:5; Pr 8:21) Mt 13:52 (with ἐκβάλλειν ἐκ τοῦ θ. cp. Arrian, Cyneg. 34, 1 ἐμβάλλειν ἐς τὸν θ.).

ⓑ of repositories for transcendent things (TestAsh 1:9) of the heart as the treasury for heavenly possessions θ. τῆς καρδίας Lk 6:45; cp. Mt 12:35 (on ἀγαθὸς θ. s. Dt 28:12).—GKaminski, JDAI 106, ’91, 63–181 (ins); s. SEG XLI, 1846.

② that which is stored up, treasure Mt 6:21; Lk 12:34 (cp. Just., A I, 15, 16).

ⓐ of material things (TestSol C 10, 21 al.; Diod S 17, 71, 1) Mt 6:19; 13:44 (for θ. buried in the ground: Maximus Tyr. 15, 5h; Artem. 2, 58; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 6, 39 p. 250, 4ff; JDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 1–16). The treasures of Egypt Hb 11:26.

ⓑ of transcendent things (Iren. 4, 26, 1 [Harv. II 235, 9]; on θ. that is dug up in metaph. sense cp. Philemo Com. 169 Κ. ἐὰν γυνὴ γυναικὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ὁμιλεῖ, μεγάλων κακῶν θησαυρὸς ἐξορύσσεται. Metaph. use also bγ end)

α. of the treasures in heaven Mt 6:20. θ. ἀνέκλειπτος ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς Lk 12:33. θησαυρὸν ἔχειν ἐν οὐρανῷ have treasure in heaven the treasure is, in effect, deposited there and becomes available to people after death Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21; Lk 18:22.—WPesch, Biblica 41, ’60, 356–78 (Mt 6:19–21; Lk 12:33f).

β. θησαυροὶ σκοτεινοί treasures lying in darkness B 11:4 (Is 45:3).

γ. of the gospel and its glory 2 Cor 4:7. Of Christ: ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge lie hidden Col 2:3 (ἐν θησαυροῖς σοφίας Sir 1:25; cp. X., Mem. 1, 6, 14; 4, 2, 9 θησαυροὶ σοφίας; Pla., Phileb. 15e; Diod S 9, 10, 3 κάλλιστος θ.; Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 3, 20 θ. ἀθάνατος of the possession of virtue; Pr 2:3ff; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 127).—B. 777; BHHW III 1686. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θησαυρός
8 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
9 εἴδω

εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense of

A see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)

A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late εἶδα Orph.A. 118
), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter. ἴδεσκε Il.3.217
, late [dialect] Aeol. εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11
([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδωμι Il.18.63
; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut. ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37
:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part. ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88
, al.:

1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020
; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause, ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450
; ἀλλ' ἄγε θᾶσσον ἰδώμεθα ὅττι τάδ' ἐστίν Od.10.44
: freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725; οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240
; ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a
.

b see a person, i.e. meet him, speak with him, Th.4.125, X.An.2.4.15, etc.

c see, i.e. experience, νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233
, etc.; δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56
; ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835
; τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270
(lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.

2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.; κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320
; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).

3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249; ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a
.

b examine, investigate, Id.Phd. 70e, Tht. 192e; consider, ἴδωμεν τί λέγομεν Id.Grg. 455a
.

II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep. ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58
, part. ἐειδόμενος Pi.
N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part. ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22
, al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559; εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98
; εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319
; ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19
([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.

2 c. inf., appear or seem to be, τὸ δέ τοι κὴρ εἴδεται εἶναι 1.228
; τοῦτό τί μοι κάλλιστον ἐνὶ φρεσὶν εἴδεται εἶναι Od.9.11
, etc.: with inf. omitted, οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ 19.283
, etc.; οὐ μέν μοι κακὸς εἴδεται Il.14.472
, cf. Theoc. 25.58; also, look like or make a show of.., εἴσατ' ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, Od.8.283; εἴσατο δ' ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, 5.281.

3 strictly middle, c. dat., εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, Il.2.791, cf. 20.81; αὐδὴν εἰσάμενός τινι Rhian.50
: esp. in part., like, εἰδομένη κήρυκι Il.2.280
, etc.; τῷ δ' ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος Pi.N.10.15
; εἰδόμενος τοκεῦσιν A.Ag. 771
(lyr.); φάσμα εἰδόμενόν τινι Hdt.6.69
.

B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol. ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts. οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.]; οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
, οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.), οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual, οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late ἰδέτω Phalar.Ep. 122
codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι ( ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg. ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg. ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl. ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ἴθθαντι GDI5024
; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part. ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg. ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. ἴθθαντες GDI5024
: subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. εἰδέωσι SIG45.21
(Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. also εἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131), εἴδομεν Il.1.363
, εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. εἰδεῖμεν Pl.La. 190b
, R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also ἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean ϝειζώς Schwyzer 409
:—[tense] plpf. ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr. ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a, ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al., ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg. ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. ᾔδεις Ar.Th. 554
, etc.; pl., ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40, ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232), ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion. ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-) , ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23, ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense, εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; also εἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf. εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper. εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ὃς ᾔδη τά τ' ἐόντα τά τ' ἐσσόμενα πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers., τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.; παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593; σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73; φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen., ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
; ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718; αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
; οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
; ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
; μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
; κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; παῖδ' ἔτ' ἐόντ' οὔ πω μάλα εἰδότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς 11.710
; εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
; θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329; ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact, ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
; μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53; μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.

2 c. inf., know how to do, οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs, ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, ἵν' εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι E.Hipp. 729
.

3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670; ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; οὐ γὰρ οἶδα δεσπότας κεκτημένος E.Hec. 397
: in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς A.Ch. 234
; τὸν Μῆδον ἴσμεν ἐκ περάτων γῆς ἐλθόντα Th.1.69
: with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.

4 less freq.c.acc. et inf., πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329; εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; also εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
; ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.

5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc., οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
; ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.

6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.

7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb; οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.

8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, οἶδ' ἐγώ E.Med. 948
; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.; σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἴδω
10 οἶδα

οἶδα,

A [tense] pf. morphology, οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol. ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts. οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.]; οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
, οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.), οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual, οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late ἰδέτω Phalar.Ep. 122
codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι ( ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg. ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg. ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl. ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ἴθθαντι GDI5024
; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part. ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg. ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. ἴθθαντες GDI5024
: subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. εἰδέωσι SIG45.21
(Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. also εἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131), εἴδομεν Il.1.363
, εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. εἰδεῖμεν Pl.La. 190b
, R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also ἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean ϝειζώς Schwyzer 409
:—[tense] plpf. ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr. ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 199a, ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al., ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg. ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. ᾔδεις Ar.Th. 554
, etc.; pl., ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40, ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232), ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion. ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-) , ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23, ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense, εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; also εἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf. εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper. εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ὃς ᾔδη τά τ' ἐόντα τά τ' ἐσσόμενα πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers., τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.; παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593; σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73; φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen., ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
; ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718; αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
; οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
; ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
; μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
; κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; παῖδ' ἔτ' ἐόντ' οὔ πω μάλα εἰδότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς 11.710
; εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
; θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329; ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact, ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
; μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53; μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.

2 c. inf., know how to do, οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs, ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, ἵν' εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι E.Hipp. 729
.

3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670; ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; οὐ γὰρ οἶδα δεσπότας κεκτημένος E.Hec. 397
: in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς A.Ch. 234
; τὸν Μῆδον ἴσμεν ἐκ περάτων γῆς ἐλθόντα Th.1.69
: with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.

4 less freq.c.acc. et inf., πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329; εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; also εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
; ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.

5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc., οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
; ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.

6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.

7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb; οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.

8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, οἶδ' ἐγώ E.Med. 948
; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.; σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οἶδα
11 πληρόω

πληρόω impf. 3 sg. ἐπλήρου; fut. πληρώσω; 1 aor. ἐπλήρωσα; pf. πεπλήρωκα; plpf. 3 sg. πεπληρώκει (on the omission of the augm. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: impf. ἐπληρούμην; 1 fut. πληρωθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπληρώθην; pf. πεπλήρωμαι; plpf. 3 sg. πεπλήρωτο (s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190) (Aeschyl., Hdt.+).

① to make full, fill (full)

ⓐ of things τὶ someth. τὴν γῆν (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 8, 29) B 6:12 (Gen 1:28; cp. Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 46 Harder [1926] τὸν πλείονα τῆς γῆς τόπον πληροῦσθαι with their descendants). Pass., of a net ἐπληρώθη Mt 13:48. πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη a ship’s sail filled out by the wind MPol 15:2.—τόπον πληρῶσαι fill a space Hs 9, 7, 5. ἐπλήρωσεν τοὺς τύπους τῶν λίθων he filled in the impressions of the stones (that had been removed) 9, 10, 2.—Also of sounds and odors (as well as light: schol. on Pla. 914b) ἦχος ἐπλήρωσεν τὸν οἶκον a sound filled the house Ac 2:2 (Diod S 11, 24, 4 αἱ οἰκίαι πένθους ἐπληροῦντο=with cries of grief). ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς the house was filled with the fragrance J 12:3 (cp. Diod S 4, 64, 1 τὴν οἰκίαν πληρώσειν ἀτυχημάτων; Ael. Aristid. 36, 84 K.=48 p. 471 D.: ὅταν οἴκημα πληρωθῇ; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 23f [Stone p. 8] πλήρωσον τὸν οἶκον ἡμῶν [with aromatic plants]).—Also in other ways of the filling of impers. objects with real but intangible things or qualities: τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ (i.e. of the martyr Polycarp) χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 (χάρις 1 and 4). πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Ac 5:28. ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε (aor. impv. as a rhetor. demand; vv.ll. πληρώσετε, ἐπληρώσατε) τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν of filling the measure of sins (cp. Da 8:23) Mt 23:32; cp. ἐπεὶ πεπλήρωτο ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀδικία Dg 9:2. θεὸς πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν Phil 4:19 (cp. Thu. 1, 70, 7). πλ. τὴν καρδίαν τινός fill someone’s heart, i.e. take full possession of it (cp. Eccl 9:3) ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τ. καρδίαν J 16:6. διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τ. καρδίαν σοὺ; Ac 5:3 (Ad’Alès, RSR 24, ’34, 199f; 474f prefers the v.l. ἐπήρωσεν; against him LSt.-Paul Girard, Mém. de l’inst. franc. du Caire 67, ’37, 309–12). ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης πληροῖ τὰς ψυχάς Hm 11:2 (θείου πνεύματος πληρώσαντος … τὰς ψυχάς Orig., C. Cels. 3, 81, 20).—Of Christ, who passed through all the cosmic spheres ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα Eph 4:10 (cp. Jer 23:24; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 4 πάντα πεπλήρωκεν ὁ θεός, Vita Mos. 2, 238, Conf. Lingu. 136; Ath.8, 3 πάντα γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦτου πεπλήρωται). The mid. in the sense of the act. (B-D-F §316, 1; Rob. 805f. Cp. X., Hell. 6, 2, 14; 35 al.; Plut., Alc. 211 [35, 6]) τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου Eph 1:23 (πλήρωμα 2).

ⓑ of persons fill w. powers, qualities, etc. τινὰ someone ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ προφητικοῦ πνεύματος πληροῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον Hm 11:9a. τινά τινος someone with someth. (OdeSol 11:2; B-D-F §172; Rob. 510) πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11). Cp. Ro 15:13 (cp. POxy 3313, 3 χαρ[ᾶ ἡμ]ᾶ ἐπλήρωσα). τινά τινι someone with someth. (B-D-F §195, 2) ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν τῷ αὐτοῦ πνεύματι Hm 11:3.—Mostly pass., in pres., impf., fut., aor. become filled or full (Scholiast on Pla. 856e of μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ); in the perf. have been filled, be full: w. gen. of thing (Diod S 20, 21, 3 τῶν βασιλείων πεπληρωμένων φόνων=when the palace was full of murderous deeds; Diog. L. 5, 42 τὸ πάσης ἀρετῆς πεπληρῶσθαι) Lk 2:40 v.l.; Ac 13:52 (Jos., Ant. 15, 421 ἐπληρώθη χαρᾶς; cp. Just., A I, 49, 5); Ro 15:14; 2 Ti 1:4; Dg 10:3; IRo ins; Ox 840, 40f.—W. dat. of thing (Aeschyl., Sept. 464 et al.; Parthenius 10, 4 ἄχει ἐπληρώθη; 2 Macc 7:21; 3 Macc 4:16; 5:30; Just., D. 7, 1 πνεύματι. Cp. BGU 1108, 12 [I B.C.]) Lk 2:40; Ro 1:29; 2 Cor 7:4; Hm 5, 2, 7; 11:9b v.l. (for πλησθεί).—W. acc. of thing (pap use the act. and pass. w. acc. of thing in the sense ‘settle in full by [paying or delivering] someth.’: PLond II, 243, 11 p. 300 [346 A.D.]; 251, 30; POxy 1133, 8; 1134, 6; PFlor 27, 3 al.; B-D-F §159, 1; Rob. 510) πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης Phil 1:11. Cp. Col 1:9.—W. ἐν and dat. of thing ἐν πνεύματι with the Spirit Eph 5:18. ἐν πίστει καί ἀγάπῃ ISm ins. Cp. Col 4:12 v.l., in case ἐν κτλ. here belongs to πεπληρωμένοι (s. πληροφορέω 1b); but mng. 3 also merits attention. ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι Col 2:10 is prob. different, meaning not ‘with him’, but in him or through him.—Abs. Eph 3:19 (εἰς denotes the goal; s. πλήρωμα 3b). πεπλήρωμαι I am well supplied Phil 4:18 (cp. Diod S 14, 62, 5 πληροῦν τινα=supply someone fully).

② to complete a period of time, fill (up), complete (Pla., Leg. 9, 866a, Tim. 39d; Plut., Lucull. 516 [35, 8]; POxy 275, 24 [66 A.D.] μέχρι τοῦ τὸν χρόνον πληρωθῆναι; 491, 6; PTebt 374, 10; BGU 1047 III, 12 al. in pap; Gen 25:24; 29:21; Lev 8:33; 12:4; 25:30; Num 6:5; Tob 10:1; 1 Macc 3:49 al.; TestAbr B; TestJob 28:1 ἐπλήρωσα εἴκοσι ἔτη; ApcMos 13; Jos., Ant. 4, 78; 6, 49) in our lit. only pass. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 17, 39; 41 πεπλήρωται τὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἔτη; Did., Gen. 195, 23) πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός Mk 1:15; cp. J 7:8. χρόνος instead of καιρός Hs 6, 5, 2; cp. πληρωθέντος τοῦ χρόνου (pl.: Iren. 1, 17, 2 [Harv. I 168, 13]) when the time has elapsed 1 Cl 25:2. πεπλήρωνται αἱ ἡμέραι the days are over, have come to an end Hv 2, 2, 5. πληρωθέντων … τῶν ἡμερῶν GJs 5:2 (TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 4 [Stone p. 58]).—Ac 9:23. πεπλήρωται ὁ ὅρος τῶν ἐτῶν ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 6f. πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσερακοντα when forty years had passed Ac 7:30 (TestJud 9:2).—24:27; 1 Cl 25:5. ὡς ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος when he had reached the age of 40 Ac 7:23 (PFlor 382, 6; 11 ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη ἐπλήρωσας). ἐπληρώθησαν οἱ μῆνες αὐτῆς ὡς εἶπεν ἕξ (Anna) had passed her sixth month as (the angel) said GJs 5:2 (but s. deStrycker ad loc.).

③ to bring to completion that which was already begun, complete, finish (X., Hell. 4, 8, 16; Herodian 1, 5, 8; Olympiodorus, Life of Plato p. 2 Westerm.: the hymn that was begun; Himerius, Or. 6 [2], 14 πληρῶσαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν=fully gratify the desire, in that the Persians wished to incorporate into their great empire a small piece of the west, i.e. Greece; ApcSed 13:1 τὴν μετάνοιαν) τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ bring (the preaching of) the gospel to completion by proclaiming it in the most remote areas Ro 15:19; sim. πλ. τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Col 1:25. πληρώσατέ μου τ. χαράν Phil 2:2. Cp. 2 Th 1:11.—Pass. 2 Cor 10:6; Col 4:12 v.l. (s. 1b above). ὁ πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται Gal 5:14 because of its past tense is prob. to be translated the whole law has found its full expression in a single word or is summed up under one entry (s. s.v. λόγος 2a; some would put this passage under 4b). οὐχ εὕρηκά σου ἔργα πεπληρωμένα Rv 3:2. Johannine usage speaks of joy that is made complete (the act. in Phil 2:2, s. above) J 3:29; 15:11; 16:24; 17:13; 1J 1:4; 2J 12.

④ to bring to a designed end, fulfill a prophecy, an obligation, a promise, a law, a request, a purpose, a desire, a hope, a duty, a fate, a destiny, etc. (Pla., Gorg. 63, 507e ἐπιθυμίας [cp. TestJos 4:7 ἐπιθυμίαν]; Herodian 2, 7, 6 ὑποσχέσεις; Epict. 2, 9, 3; 8 ἐπαγγελίαν; Plut., Cic. 869 [17, 5] τὸ χρεών [=destiny]; Procop. Soph., Ep. 68 τ. ἐλπίδας; Spartan ins in BSA 12, 1905/6, p. 452 [I A.D.] τὰ εἰθισμένα; pap, LXX; Philo, Praem. 83 τὰς θείας παραινέσεις μὴ κενὰς ἀπολιπεῖν τῶν οἰκείων πράξεων, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι τοὺς λόγους ἔργοις ἐπαινετοῖς=the divine exhortations it [God’s people] did not leave devoid of appropriate performance, but carried out the words with praiseworthy deeds; Jos., Ant. 5, 145; 14, 486).

ⓐ of the fulfillment of divine predictions or promises. The word stands almost always in the passive be fulfilled (Polyaenus 1, 18 τοῦ λογίου πεπληρωμένου; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31, II 2 p. 202, 21 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης δρᾶμα; 3 Km 2:27; TestBenj 3:8 προφητεία; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4) and refers mostly to the Tanach and its words: τοῦτο γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (cp. 2 Ch 36:21) Mt 1:22; cp. 2:15, 17, 23; 4:14; 8:17; 12:17; 13:35; 21:4; 26:54, 56; 27:9 (PNepper-Christensen, D. Mt-evangelium, ’58, 136–62); Mk 14:49; 15:27(28) v.l. (after Lk 22:37); Lk 1:20; 4:21; 21:22 v.l.; 24:44; J 12:38; 13:18; 15:25; 17:12; 19:24, 36; Ac 1:16 (cp. Test Napht 7:1 δεῖ ταῦτα πληρωθῆναι); Js 2:23. A vision ἔδει γὰρ τὸ τῆς … ὀπτασίας πληρωθῆναι for what (Polycarp) had seen in his vision was destined to be fulfilled MPol 12:3.—The OT type finds its fulfillment in the antitype Lk 22:16 (cp. MBlack, ET 57, ’45/46, 25f, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 229–36). At times one of Jesus’ predictions is fulfilled: J 18:9, 32. The act. bring to fulfillment, partly of God, who brings divine prophecies to fulfillment Ac 3:18; MPol 14:2, partly of humans who, by what they do, help to bring divine prophecies to realization (Vi. Thu. 1, 8 [=OxfT p. xii, 8] οὗτος ἐπλήρωσε τὰ μεμαντευμένα) Ac 13:27. Jesus himself fulfills his destiny by dying, as God’s messengers Moses and Elijah foretell Lk 9:31.—GPt 5:17.

ⓑ a prayer (Chariton 8, 1, 9 πεπληρώκασιν οἱ θεοὶ τὰς εὐχάς; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 16 the god πεπλήρωκε τ. εὐχήν [=prayer]; IBM 894, 8 of answered prayer) πληρῶσαί μου τὴν αἴτησιν answer my prayer ITr 13:3 (cp. Ps 19:5; TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 4 [Stone p. 40]). A command(ment) (Herodian 3, 11, 4 τὰς ἐντολάς; POxy 1252A, 9 πλήρωσον τὸ κεκελευσμένον; 1 Macc 2:55; SibOr 3, 246) πεπλήρωκεν ἐντολὴν δικαιοσύνης Pol 3:3. νόμον (Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. p. 12, 9; cp. Hdt. 1, 199 ἐκπλῆσαι τὸν νόμον) Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (but s. 3 above and cp. Aeschyl., Ag. 313). τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου Ro 8:4. πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην (cp. 4 Macc 12:14 πλ. τὴν εὐσέβειαν) Mt 3:15 (s. AFridrichsen: Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 167–77; OEissfeldt, ZNW 61, ’70, 209–15 and s. βαπτίζω 2a, end); pass. ISm 1:1 (s. δικαιοσύνη 3b). Also ἐστὶ πρέπον πληρωθῆναι πάντα it is fitting that all things should be fulfilled GEb 18, 40 (cp. APF 3, 1906, 370 II, 7 [II A.D.] ἕως ἅπαντα τὰ κατʼ ἐμὲ πεπληρῶσθαι).—A duty or office βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν …, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς pay attention to your duty … and perform it Col 4:17 (cp. CIG 2336 πλ. πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν κ. λειτουργίαν; PFlor 382, 40 πληρῶσαι τὴν λειτουργίαν; ISardRobert I p. 39 n. 5).—Abs., in the broadest sense and in contrast to καταλύειν (s. καταλύω 3a): οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17; depending on how one prefers to interpret the context, πληρόω is understood here either as fulfill=do, carry out, or as bring to full expression=show it forth in its true mng., or as fill up=complete (s. AKlöpper, ZWT 39, 1896, 1ff; AHarnack, Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225ff, SBBerlAk 1912, 184ff; JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919, 155ff; Dalman, Jesus 56–66 confirm; WHatch, ATR 18, ’36, 129–40; HLjungman, D. Gesetz Erfüllen, ’54; WKümmel, Verheissung u. Erfüllung³, ’56; JO’Rourke, The Fulfilment Texts in Mt, CBQ 24, ’62, 394–403).

⑤ to bring to completion an activity in which one has been involved from its beginning, complete, finish (1 Macc 4:19) πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Lk 7:1 (cp. TestBenj 12:1 τοὺ λόγου). τὴν διακονίαν Ac 12:25. [τὰς τοῦ κυρίου οἰκο]νομίας πληρῶσε (=πληρῶσαι) to carry out to the end God’s designs (i.e. Paul’s life as programmed by God is about to be concluded) AcPl Ha 5, 27; cp. the restoration in 6, 26 ο̣ἰ̣κο̣ν̣[ομίαν πληρώσω] (cp. the description of Jeremiah’s death ParJer 9:31 ἐπληρώθη αὐτοῦ οἰκονομία); τὸν δρόμον Ac 13:25; cp. the abs. ἕως πληρώσωσιν until they should complete (their course) Rv 6:11 v.l. (s. 6 below). τὸ ἔργον Ac 14:26. τὴν εὐχήν MPol 15:1. τὰ κυνηγέσια 12:2 (another probability here is the quite rare [Hdt. 2, 7 al.] intr. sense be complete, be at an end). Pass. be accomplished, be finished, at an end (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 24, 9 as a saying of Philip as he lay dying: ἐμοῦ τὸ πεπρωμένον πεπλήρωται = my destiny has been fulfilled; Mel., P. 43, 297 ὁ νόμος ἐπληρώθη τοῦ εὐαγγελίου φωτισθέτος) ὡς ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα Ac 19:21. ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν Lk 21:24. αἱ ἀποκαλύψεις αὗται τέλος ἔχουσιν• πεπληρωμέναι γάρ εἰσιν these revelations have attained their purpose, for they are completed Hv 3, 3, 2.

⑥ complete a number, pass. have the number made complete (since Hdt. 7, 29; Iren. 1, 16, 2 [Harv. I 161, 6]; Hippol., Ref. 6, 51, 2) ἕως πληρωθῶσιν οἱ σύνδουλοι Rv 6:11 (s. 5 above).—CMoule, Fulfilment Words in the NT, NTS 14, ’68, 293–320. DELG s.v. πίμπλημι. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πληρόω
12 ἵστημι

ἵστημι (Hom.+, ins, pap [Mayser 353]; LXX [Thackeray 247f]; pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog. exc. Ar.) and also ἱστάνω (since I B.C. SIG 1104, 26 ἱστανόμενος; pap [Mayser, loc. cit., with ἀνθιστάνω documented here as early as III B.C.]; Epict. 3, 12, 2; LXX [Ezk 17:14; Thackeray, loc. cit.]; later wr. in Psaltes 236) Ro 3:31; Hs 8, 1, 10 (s. Whittaker on 8, 1, 8; s. B-D-F §93; Mlt-H. 202). Fut. στήσω; 1 aor. ἔστησα; 2 aor. ἔστην, impv. στῆθι, inf. στῆναι, ptc. στάς; pf. ἕστηκα ( I stand), ptc. ἑστηκώς, ός and ἑστώς En 12:3; JosAs 7:2; J 12:29,-ῶσα J 8:9 v.l., neut. ἑστώς Rv 14:1 v.l. (s. B-D-F §96; W-S. §14, 5; Mlt-H. 222) and ἑστός, inf. always ἑστάναι; plpf. εἱστήκειν ( I stood) or ἱστήκειν GPt 2:3, third pl. εἱστήκεισαν Mt 12:46; J 18:18; Ac 9:7; Rv 7:11 (W-H. spell it ἱστ. everywhere); ἑστάκαμεν w. act. mng. 1 Macc 11:34; fut. mid. στήσομαι Rv 18:15. Pass.: 1 fut. σταθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐστάθην (PEg² 65). S. στήκω. Trans.: A. Intr.: B, C, D.

A. trans. (pres., impf., fut., 1 aor. act.; s. B-D-F §97, 1; Mlt-H. 241) gener. ‘put, place, set’.

① to cause to be in a place or position, set, place, bring, allow to come τινά someone, lit. ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Ac 5:27. εἰς αὐτούς before them 22:30. ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος at someone’s right (hand) Mt 25:33. ἐν μέσῳ in the midst, among 18:2; Mk 9:36; J 8:3. ἐνώπιόν τινος before someone Ac 6:6. Also κατενώπιόν τινος Jd 24. ἐπί τι upon someth. Mt 4:5; Lk 4:9. παρά τινι beside someone 9:47.

② to propose someone for an obligation, put forward, propose, lit. (e.g. Just., A I, 60, 3 Μωυσέα … τύπον σταυροῦ … στῆσαι ἐπὶ τῇ ἁγίᾳ σκηνῇ) τινά for a certain purpose: the candidates for election to the apostleship Ac 1:23. μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς 6:13 (cp. Mel., P. 93, 700 ψευδομάρτυρες).

③ to set up or put into force, establish, fig. ext. of 1 (cp. Gen 26:3 τὸν ὅρκον; Ex 6:4) τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην Ro 10:3. τὸ δεύτερον (opp. ἀναιρεῖν τὸ πρῶτον, a ref. to sacrificial system) Hb 10:9.—Of legal enforcement κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τ. ἁμαρτίαν Lord, do not hold this sin against them Ac 7:60 (contrast ἀφίημι 1 Macc 13:38f; 15:5; Stephen’s expression=ἄφες Lk 23:34; s. Beginn. IV, ad loc.).

④ to validate someth. that is in force or in practice, reinforce validity of, uphold, maintain, validate τὶ someth. fig. ext. of 1 (1 Macc 2:27 τὴν διαθήκην) τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν validate or maintain your own tradition Mk 7:9. νόμον ἱστάνομεν we uphold (the) law Ro 3:31 (s. καταργέω 2).

⑤ to cause to be steadfast, make someone stand δυνατεῖ ὁ κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν Ro 14:4.

⑥ to specify contractually

ⓐ set/fix a time a period of time ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 3a) Ac 17:31.

ⓑ determine a monetary amount οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια Mt 26:15 (=Zech 11:12 ἔστησαν τὸν μισθόν μου τριάκοντα ἀργύρους), presents a special problem for interpreters because of the author’s theological and narrative interests, which prompt him to connect an allusion here to Zech 11:12 in anticipation of a fulfillment statement at Mt 27:9f, which in haggadic fashion draws on Zech 11:13 in the longer form of the Mt and Jer 32 (Mt 39):7–9 (s. JDoeve, Jewish Hermeneutics in the Synoptic Gospels and Acts, ’54, 185–87). Jer 39:9 and Zech 11:12 use the verb ἱ. in the sense weigh out on scales (Hom.; X., Cyr. 8, 2, 21, Mem. 1, 1, 9 al.; GDI p. 870, ⁿ49 A [Ephesus VI B.C.] 40 minas ἐστάθησαν; Is 46:6; Jer 39:9; 2 Esdr 8:25), and some (e.g. BWeiss, HHoltzmann, JWeiss; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 227f; Field, Notes 19f) interpret Mt 26:15 in this sense. Of course Mt’s readers would know that coinage of their time was not ‘weighed out’ and would understand ἱ. in the sense of striking a bargain (ἵστημι=set a price, make an offer, close a bargain: Herodas 7, 68 pair of shoes; BGU 1116, 8 [I B.C.]; 912, 25 [I A.D.]; PRainer 206, 10 [II A.D.] κεφάλαιον), they set out (=offered, allowed) for him (=paid him) 30 silver coins (Wlh., OHoltzmann, Schniewind), but the more sophisticated among them would readily recognize the obsolete mng. Ac 7:60 is sometimes interpreted in a related sense, but the absence of a direct object of amount paid suggests that the pass. is better placed in 3 above.

B. intr., aor. and fut. forms

① to desist from movement and be in a stationary position, stand still, stop (Hom., Aristot.; Philostrat., Ep. 36, 2 ὁ ποταμὸς στήσεται; TestSol 7:3 οὕτως ἔστη ἡ αὔρα) Lk 24:17. στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς Mt 20:32.—Mk 10:49; Lk 7:14; 17:12; 18:40. στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα Ac 8:38. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν Rv 18:17; cp. vs. 15. ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τοῦ σπηλαίου GJs 19:2. ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ he took his stand on a level place Lk 6:17. Of a star ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον Mt 2:9; also ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου GJs 21:3. Of a flow of blood come to an end ἔστη ἡ ῥύσις τ. αἵματος Lk 8:44 (cp. Ex 4:25 [though HKosmala, Vetus Test. 12, ’62, 28 renders it as an emphatic εἶναι] Heraclid. Pont., Fgm. 49 W.; POxy 1088, 21 [I A.D.]; Cyranides p. 117 note γυναικὶ … αἷμα ἵστημι παραχρῆμα). στῆθι stand Js 2:3. ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἔστη ἄνω his hand remained (motionless) upraised GJs 18:3 (not pap).

② to come up in the presence of others, come up, stand, appear ἔμπροσθέν τινος before someone Mt 27:11; Lk 21:36. Also ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 10:30; GJs 11:2 (κατενώπιον TestSol 22:13; Just., D. 127, 3) or ἐπί τινος: σταθήσεσθε you will have to appear Mt 10:18 v.l.; Mk 13:9; ἐπί τοῦ παλατίου AcPl Ha 9, 20. στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον Lk 6:8; cp. vs. 8b; J 20:19, 26 (Vi. Aesopi I c. 6 p. 243, 15 Αἴσωπος στὰς εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀνέκραξεν). Also ἐν μέσῳ Lk 24:36; Ac 17:22; Ox 1 verso, 11 (s. Unknown Sayings, 69–71). ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the court GJs 15:2. Cp. J 21:4; Rv 12:18; Lk 7:38. Step up or stand to say someth. or make a speech Lk 18:11. Cp. 19:8; Ac 2:14; 5:20; 11:13 al. ἔστησαν … προσδοκῶντες τὸν Ζαχαρίαν they stood waiting for Z. GJs 24:1. Pract. in the sense of the pf. δυνάμενοι … ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ στῆναι (the cult images) which could not remain standing AcPl Ha 1, 20 (cp. ἵστατο δένδρον κυπάρισσος TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 17 [Stone p. 6]; ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἱστάμεθα GrBar 6:13).

③ to stand up against, resist, w. πρὸς and acc. offer resistance (Thu. 5, 104) Eph 6:11; abs. resist (Ex 14:13) vs. 13. (Cp. the term στάσις in the sense of ‘rebellion’.)

④ stand firm so as to remain stable, stand firm, hold one’s ground (Ps 35:13) in battle (X., An. 1, 10, 1) Eph 6:14. σταθήσεται will stand firm Ro 14:4a. τίς δύναται σταθῆναι; Rv 6:17. εἰς ἣν στῆτε stand fast in it (Goodsp., Probs. 198) 1 Pt:12. Of house, city, or kingdom Mt 12:25f; Mk 3:24f; Lk 11:18. Cp. Mk 3:26. The OT expr. (Dt 19:15) ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1.

⑤ come to a standing position, stand up ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας on one’s feet (Ezk 2:1) Ac 26:16; Rv 11:11. Abs. Ac 3:8.

C. intr., perf. and plupf.

① to be in a standing position, I stand, I stood of bodily position, e.g. of a speaker J 7:37; Ac 5:25, of hearers J 12:29 or spectators Mt 27:47; Lk 23:35; Ac 1:11, of accusers Lk 23:10. Cp. J 18:5, 16, 18ab, 25; 19:25; Ac 16:9 al.

② to be at a place, stand (there), be (there), w. the emphasis less on ‘standing’ than on ‘being, existing’.

ⓐ position indicated by adv. of place ἔξω Mt 12:46f; Lk 8:20; 13:25. μακρόθεν Lk 18:13. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν at a distance 23:49; Rv 18:10. ἐκεῖ Mk 11:5. ὅπου 13:14. ὧδε Mt 16:28; 20:6b. αὐτοῦ Lk 9:27; ἀπέναντι AcPl Ha 3, 30.

ⓑ w. place indicated by a prep. ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος at the right (hand) of someone or someth. Lk 1:11; Ac 7:55f (HOwen, NTS 1, ’54/55, 224–26). ἐν αὐτοῖς among them Ac 24:21; w. ἐν and dat. of place Mt 20:3; 24:15; J 11:56; Rv 19:17. ἐν μέσῳ J 8:9 v.l. μέσος ὑμῶν 1:26 (v.l. στήκει). ἐπί w. gen. (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 66; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 209 Jac. ἐπὶ τ. θύρας) Ac 5:23; 21:40; 24:20; 25:10; Rv 10:5, 8; AcPl Ha 7, 37; w. dat. Ac 7:33; w. acc. Mt 13:2; Rv 3:20; 7:1; 14:1; 15:2; GJs 5:2 (ἕστηκας codd., ἔστης pap). παρά w. acc. of place Lk 5:1f. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:22. πρό w. gen. of place Ac 12:14. πρός w. dat. of place J 20:11. σύν τινι Ac 4:14. μετά τινος AcPl Ha 11, 3. κύκλῳ τινός around someth. Rv 7:11. W. ἐνώπιον (functioning as prep.) ἐνώπιόν τινος Rv 7:9; 11:4; 12:4; 20:12.

ⓒ abs. (Epict. 4, 1, 88 ἑστῶσα of the citadel, simply standing there; Tat. 26, 2 παρατρέχοντας μὲν ὑμᾶς, ἑστῶτα δὲ τὸν αἰῶνα) Mt 26:73; J 1:35; 3:29; 20:14; Ac 22:25. τὰ πρόβατα εἱστήκει the sheep stood still GJs 18:2 (not pap). The verb standing alone in the sense stand around idle (Eur., Iph. Aul. 861; Aristoph., Av. 206, Eccl. 852; Herodas 4, 44) Mt 20:6a. ἀργός can be added (Aristoph., Eccl. 879f, Pax 256 ἕστηκας ἀργός) vs. 6a v.l., 6b (w. the question cp. Eubulus Com., Fgm. 15, 1 K. τί ἕστηκας ἐν πύλαις; Herodas 5, 40). W. modifying words (Pla., Phdr. 275d ἕστηκε ὡς ζῶντα τὰ ἔκγονα) εἱστήκεισαν ἐνεοί they stood there speechless Ac 9:7. ὡς ἐσφαγμένον Rv 5:6. cp. Ac 26:6. εἱστήκει ἀπεκδεχόμενος AcPl Ant 13, 22 (=Aa I, 237, 5).

③ to stand in attendance on someone, attend upon, be the servant of Rv 8:2 (RCharles, Rv ICC vol. 1, p. 225).

④ stand firm in belief, stand firm of personal commitment in gener. (opp. πεσεῖν), fig. ext. of 1, 1 Cor 10:12; 2 Cl 2:6. τ. πίστει ἕστηκας you stand firm because of your faith Ro 11:20; cp. 2 Cor 1:24. ὸ̔ς ἕστηκεν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος one who stands firm in his heart 1 Cor 7:37. ὁ θεμέλιος ἕστηκεν the foundation stands (unshaken) 2 Ti 2:19 (Stob. 4, 41, 60 [vol. V, p. 945]: Apelles, when he was asked why he represented Tyche [Fortune] in a sitting position, answered οὐχ ἕστηκεν γάρ=because she can’t stand, i.e. has no stability; Hierocles 11, 441 ἑστῶτος τοῦ νόμου=since the law stands firm [unchanged]; Procop. Soph., Ep. 47 μηδὲν ἑστηκὸς κ. ἀκίνητον; 75).

⑤ to be in a condition or state, stand or be in someth., fig. ext. of 1; grace (Hierocles 12, 446 ἐν ἀρετῇ) Ro 5:2; within the scope of the gospel 1 Cor 15:1; in truth J 8:44.

D. intr., pres. mid. to have a beginning, begin, calendaric expression (as old as Hom.) μὴν ἱστάμενος the month just beginning (oft. ins) MPol 21—B. 835. DELG. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἵστημι
13 δίκαιος

δίκαιος, αία, ον (s. δικαιοσύνη; Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.)

① pert. to being in accordance with high standards of rectitude, upright, just, fair

ⓐ of humans

α. In Gr-Rom. tradition a δ. pers. is one who upholds the customs and norms of behavior, including esp. public service, that make for a well-ordered, civilized society (Hom, Od. 6, 120f hospitality and fear of God mark an upright pers.; Dem. 3, 21 a δίκαιος πολίτης gives priority to the interest of the state). Such perspective opened a bridge to Greco-Romans for understanding of Jewish/Christian perspectives: e.g. the description of an eccl. overseer (w. σώφρων, ὅσιος) Tit 1:8. Both polytheistic and monotheistic societies closely associated uprightness, with special reference to behavior toward humans (cp. Pla., Rep. 4, 443; Aristot. EN 5, 1, 1129a-1130a), and piety in reference esp. to familial obligations and deity (Augustus enshrined the perspective, taking pride in being awarded a crown for his δικαιοσύνη and εὐσέβεια Res Gestae 34). In keeping with OT tradition, NT writers emphasize a connection between upright conduct and sense of responsibility to God; δ. like צַדִּיק=conforming to the laws of God and people. General definition ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην δ. ἐστιν one who does what is right, is righteous 1J 3:7; cp. Rv 22:11.—Ro 5:7. δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται law does not apply to an upright person 1 Ti 1:9. οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος Ro 3:10 (cp. Eccl 7:20); δ. παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13; δ. ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ (Gen 7:1; Job 32:2) Lk 1:6. W. φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν of Cornelius Ac 10:22. W. εὐλαβής (Pla., Pol. 311ab ἤθη εὐλαβῆ κ. δίκαια, τὸ δικαιον κ. εὐλαβές) Lk 2:25. W. ἀγαθός (Kaibel 648, 10; Jos., Ant. 8, 248; 9, 132 ἀνὴρ ἀγ. κ. δίκ.; s. ἀγαθός 2aα) 23:50; ἀθῷος (Sus 53) 1 Cl 46:4; ὅσιος (En 103:9) 2 Cl 15:3; ταπεινός B 19:6. (ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον Just., D. 47, 5). Serving God w. a pure heart makes one δ. 2 Cl 11:1. Hence the δίκαιοι=the just, the upright in a specif. Israelite-Christian sense Mt 13:43 (cp. Da 12:3 Theod.) Lk 1:17; 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:16); 1 Cl 22:6 (Ps 33:16); 33:7; 45:3f; 48:3 (Ps 117:20); 2 Cl 6:9; 17:7; 20:3f; B 11:7 (Ps 1:5f); MPol 14:1; 17:1; also of those who only appear upright (cp. Pr 21:2) Mt 23:28; Lk 18:9; 20:20; specifically of Christians Mt 10:41; Ac 14:2 D; 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); Hv 1, 4, 2. W. apostles MPol 19:2; cp. 1 Cl 5:2. Esp. of the righteous of the OT: πατέρες δ. 1 Cl 30:7. W. prophets Mt 13:17; 23:29 (perh. teachers: DHill, NTS 11, ’64/65, 296–302). Of Abel (Did., Gen. 181, 10) Mt 23:35 (construction with τοῦ αἵματος deserves consideration: GKilpatrick, BT 16, ’65, 119); Hb 11:4; Enoch 1 Cl 9:3; Lot 2 Pt 2:7f (Noah: Just., D. 20, 1; 138, 1; δίκαιοι καὶ πατριάρχαι ibid. 67, 7); John the Baptist (w. ἅγιος) Mk 6:20; δ. τετελειωμένοι just persons made perfect (i.e., who have died) Hb 12:23. Opp. ἄδικοι (Pr 17:15; 29:27; En 99:3; 100:7) Mt 5:45; Ac 24:15; 1 Pt 3:18; ἁμαρτωλοί (Ps 1:5; En 104:6 and 12; PsSol 2:34) Mt 9:13; Mk 2:17; Lk 5:32; 15:7; ἁμαρτωλοί and ἀσεβεῖς (Ps 1:5f) 1 Ti 1:9; 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); πονηροί (Pr 11:15) Mt 13:49 (μοχθηροί Tat. 3, 2). W. regard to the Last Judgment, the one who stands the test is δ. righteous Mt 25:37, 46.—Ro 1:17 (s. ζάω 2bβ); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38 (all three Hab 2:4; cp. Larfeld I 494); Ro 5:19. Resurrection of the just Lk 14:14; prayer Js 5:16; cp. 5:6 (1bβ below). Joseph, who is interested in doing the right thing honorable, just, good (Jos., Ant. 15, 106; Diod S 33, 5, 6 ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβοῦς κ. δικαίου; Conon [I B.C.–I A.D.]: 26 Fgm. 1, 17 Jac.; Galen CMG V/10, 3 p. 33, 13f [XVIII/1 p. 247 K.] ἄνδρες δ.) Mt 1:19 (w. connotation of ‘merciful’ DHill, ET 76, ’65, 133f; s. δικαιοσύνη 3b).

β. of things relating to human beings ἔργα 1J 3:12; αἷμα δ. (Jo 4:19; La 4:13=αἷμα δικαίου Pr 6:17, where αἷ. δίκαιον is a v.l.) blood of an upright, or better, an innocent man Mt 23:35 (s. 1bβ below), and esp. 27:4, where δ. is v.l. for ἀθῷον; AcPl Ha 11, 8; ψυχὴ δ. upright soul (cp. Pr 10:3; s. also GrBar 10:5) 2 Pt 2:8; πνεῦμα δ. upright spirit Hm 5, 2, 7; ἐντολή (w. ἁγία and ἀγαθή) Ro 7:12. κρίσις (Dt 16:18; Is 58:2; 2 Macc 9:18; 3 Macc 2:22; Jos., Ant. 9, 4) J 5:30; 7:24; 8:16 v.l.; 2 Th 1:5; B 20:2. Pl. Rv 16:7; 19:2. φύσει δικαίᾳ by an upright nature IEph 1:1 (Hdb. ad loc.; Orig., C. Cels. 5, 24, 8); ὁδὸς δ. (Vi. Aesopi I G 85 P. of the ‘right way’) 2 Cl 5:7; B 12:4; pl. Rv 15:3.

ⓑ of transcendent beings. Because of their privileged status as authority figures, the idea of fairness or equity is associated w. such entities (for δ. in the sense of ‘equitable’ in a very explicit form s. Strabo 4, 18, 7).

α. God (NRhizos, Καππαδοκικά 1856, p. 113: it is gener. assumed that deities are just or fair, but the attribute is esp. affirmed in an ins fr. Tyana Θεῷ δικαίῳ Μίθρᾳ.—JMordtmann, MAI 10, 1885, 11–14 has several exx. of ὅσιος κ. δίκαιος as adj. applied to gods in west Asia Minor.—δικ. of Isis: PRoussel, Les cultes égypt. à Delos 1916, p. 276.—Oft. in OT; Jos., Bell. 7, 323, Ant. 11, 55 [w. ἀληθινός]; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 23, 2) just, righteous w. ref. to God’s judgment of people and nations κριτὴς δ. a righteous judge (Ps 7:12; 2 Macc 12:6; PsSol 9:2; cp. the description of Rhadamanthys, Pind., O. 2, 69) 2 Ti 4:8; δ. ἐν τοῖς κρίμασιν 1 Cl 27:1; 60:1; cp. 56:5 (Ps 140:5); πατὴρ δ. J 17:25; cp. Ro 3:26; 1J 2:29; cp. 3:7; ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ δ. AcPlCor 2:12. W. ὅσιος (Ps 144:17; Dt 32:4) Rv 16:5. W. πιστός 1J 1:9.

β. of Jesus who, as the ideal of an upright pers. is called simply ὁ δ. the upright one (HDechent, D. ‘Gerechte’, Eine Bezeichnung für d. Messias: StKr 100, 1928, 439–43) Ac 7:52; 22:14; Mt 27:19, cp. 24 v.l.; 1J 2:1; 3:7b; Lk 23:47 (for Gr-Rom. associations in favor of upright, esp. in Lk 23:47 s. Danker, Benefactor ’82, 345f. GKilpatrick, JTS 42, ’41, 34–36, prefers innocent, so also Goodsp., Probs. 90f, but against this interp. s. RHanson, Hermathena 60, ’42, 74–78; RKarris, JBL 105, ’86, 65–74). W. ἅγιος Ac 3:14. On the qu. whether Js 5:6 applies to Jesus, s. KAland, TLZ ’44, 103 and MDibelius, Commentary (Hermeneia), ad loc. (but s. Greeven’s note in this comm. p. 240, 58: ‘perhaps a veiled, melancholy allusion to the death of James’).—Also of angels Hs 6, 3, 2.

② The neuter denotes that which is obligatory in view of certain requirements of justice, right, fair, equitable (Dio Chrys. 67 [17], 12; Jos., Ant. 15, 376; cp. Strabo 4, 18, 7; s. Larfeld I 494) δ. παρὰ θεῷ it is right in the sight of God 2 Th 1:6. Also δ. ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 4:19; δ. καὶ ὅσιον it is right and holy 1 Cl 14:1, pl. Phil 4:8; δ. ἐστιν it is right Eph 6:1; w. inf. foll. Phil 1:7; 1 Cl 21:4 (cp. Hyperid. 6, 14; PSI 442, 14 [III B.C.] οὐ δίκαιόν ἐστι οὕτως εἶναι; Sir 10:23; 2 Macc 9:12; 4 Macc 6:34); δ. ἡγοῦμαι I consider it right (Diod S 12, 45, 1 δ. ἡγοῦντο) 2 Pt 1:13; τὸ δ. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 97 §409 τὸ δ.=the just cause; Arrian, Anab. 3, 27, 5; Polyb.; IMagnMai; SEG XLI, 625, 5; pap; 2 Macc 4:34; 10:12; 3 Macc 2:25; EpArist; Jos., Bell. 4, 340 Ant. 16, 158; το νῦν δ. Tat. 1, 3) what is right Lk 12:57. τὸ δ. παρέχεσθαι give what is right Col 4:1. ὸ̔ ἐὰν ᾖ δ. δώσω ὑμῖν whatever is right I will give you Mt 20:4 (Diod S 5, 71, 1 τὸ δίκαιον άλλήλοις διδόναι; 8, 25, 4). Abstract for concrete (Philipp. [=Demosth. 12] 23 μετὰ τοῦ δ.; Dio Chrys. 52 [69], 6 ἄνευ νόμου κ. δικαίου; Ael. Aristid, 46 p. 302 D.) τὸ δίκαιον ὀρθὴν ὁδὸν ἔχει uprightness goes the straight way Hm 6, 1, 2. Pl. (Diod S 15, 11, 1; 19, 85, 3; Appian, Samn. 11 §4 al.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 30, 1; Jos., Ant. 19, 288; SibOr 3, 257; Just., A I, 68, 3 δ. ἀξιοῦν; D. 28, 4 φυλάσσει τὰ αἰώνια δ.) δίκαια βουλεύεσθαι have upright thoughts Hv 1, 1, 8 (cp. λαλεῖν Is 59:4; ἐκζητήσεται 1 Macc 7:12; κρίνειν Ar. 15, 4; Just., A II, 15, 5).—B. 1180. DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δίκαιος
14 λαμβάνω

λαμβάνω, [tense] fut. λήψομαι ( λήψω only late, v.l. in LXX 1 Ma.4.18); [dialect] Ion.

A λάψομαι GDI5497.3
, al. (Milet., iv/iii B. C.), 5597.11 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), corrupted to λάμψομαι in Mss. of Hdt.1.199; [dialect] Dor.[tense] fut.[ per.] 2sg. λαψῇ Epich.34.2
, Theoc.1.4,10, inf. λαμψεῖσθαι PSI9.1091.19
; Hellenistic λήμψομαι PPar.14.47
(ii B. C.), CIG4224c (add.) ([place name] Telmessus), 4244 ([place name] Tlos), al.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔλᾰβον, [dialect] Ep. ἔλλᾰβον Il.24.170
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. Iterat. λάβεσκον Hes.Fr. 112
, Hdt.4.78, 130; imper. λαβέ Il.1.407
, etc.; written λάβε in [voice] Med. Ms. of A.Eu. 130, but λαβέ [dialect] Att.acc. to Hdn. Gr.1.431: [tense] pf. εἴληφα S.OT 643
, Ar.Ra. 591 (lyr.), etc. (dub.in Archil. 143); [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., Arc. λελάβηκα Hdt.4.79
, IG42(1).121.68 (Epid., iv B. C.), 5(2).6.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), also Eup.426; inf. λελαβήκειν IG 42(1).121.59
(Epid.), PSI9.1091.7: [tense] plpf. εἰλήφειν Th.2.88
, [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3sg. λελαβήκεε v.l. in Hdt.3.42 ( κατα-); [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. subj. [ per.] 3sg. ([etym.] παρ-) λελόνβῃ GDI5087b1
([place name] Crete):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 ἐλαβόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἐλλ-, Od. 5.325, etc.; [dialect] Ep. redupl. λελαβέσθαι 4.388
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ληφθήσομαι S.Ph.68
, Th.6.91, κατα-λελήψομαι Aristid.Or.54p.677D.
: [tense] aor. ἐλήφθην Ar.Eq. 101
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. ἐλάφθην SIG58.8
(Milet., v B. C.), ( κατ-) GDI5532.7 ([place name] Zeleia), ἐλάμφθην Hdt.2.89
, 6.92, 7.239 (- λάφθ- by erasure in cod. B); Hellenistic ἐλήμφθην IG14.1320
, Ev.Marc. 16.19 (ἀν-); [dialect] Dor. ἐλάφθην Archim.Aren.1.13
: [tense] pf. εἴλημμαι D.24.49
, Ar.Pl. 455; but in Trag.usu. λέλημμαι, A.Ag. 876, E. Ion 1113, IA 363 (troch.), Cyc. 433, cf. Ar.Ec. 1090 ( δια-); so later προ-λέληπτε (sic) Supp.Epigr.2.769 ([place name] Dura); [dialect] Ion. λέλαμμαι ( ἀπο-) Hdt.9.51, ( δια-) 3.117; inf. ἀνα-λελάφθαι Hp.Off.11
(acc. to many codd., Hsch.and Erot., - λελάμφθαι vulg.); [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3pl. λελήφαται An.Ox.1.268
; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.imper. λελάφθω Archim. Con.Sph.3
, al.:—in the [tense] fut., [tense] aor. [voice] Pass., and [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. the a is short by nature in [dialect] Ion., prob. long in [dialect] Dor. and in Doricized Hellenistic forms such as λαμψοῦνται Test.Epict.5.14
, λάμψεσθαι IG5(1).1390.67
(Andania, i B. C.); it is marked long in [dialect] Aeol. λᾱμψεται Alc.Supp.5.9
:—of these tenses Hom. uses only [tense] aor. [voice] Act., and [tense] aor.[voice] Med. twice (v. supr.); the Homeric [tense] pres. is λάζομαι. —The word has two main senses, one (more active) take; the other (more passive) receive:

I take,

1 take hold of, grasp, seize, μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία Od.6.81
: freq. with χειρί or χερσί added, χειρὶ χεῖρα λαβόντες Il.21.286
; χερμάδιον λάβε χειρί 5.302
; χείρεσσι λαβὼν περιμήκεα κοντόν Od.9.487
; ἐν χείρεσσι λάβ' ἡνία Il.8.116
; ἐν χεροῖν λ. S.OT 913
; διὰ χερῶν λαβών Id.Ant. 916
; ἐς χέρας E.Hec. 1242
; ἐν ἀγκάλαις A.Supp. 481
, etc.; of an eagle, λ. ἄγραν ποσίν Pi.N.3.81
: c.acc. of the thing seized, λ. γούνατα Il.24.465
; but also c. acc. of whole, gen. of part seized, τὴν πτέρυγος λάβεν caught her by the wing, 2.316; τὸν δὲ πεσόντα ποδῶν ἔλαβε 4.463
; γούνων λαβὼν κούρην Od. 6.142
; λ. τινὰ τῆς ζώνης X.An.1.6.10
, etc.: sts. c. gen. only, ἀγκὰς ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσί they took hold of one another with their arms, Il.23.711:—freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.

b take by violence, carry off as prize or booty, Il.5.273, 8.191, Hdt.4.130, S.Ph.68 ([voice] Pass.), 1431, etc.; capture a city, Plb.1.24.11, 3.61.8; ἐκ πόλιος.. ἀλόχους καὶ κτήματα Od.9.41
; of lions, λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσιν Il.11.114
; ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν 24.43
; of an eagle, 17.678; of a dolphin, 21.24.

c λ. δίκην take, exact punishment, Lys.1.29,34, Isoc.4.181; ποινάς E.Tr. 360
, etc. (rarely for δοῦναι δίκην, v.infr.11.1 e); λ. τιμωρίαν D.18.280
.

2 of passions, feelings, etc., seize, μένος ἔλλαβε θυμόν Il.23.468
; Ἀτρεΐωνα.. χόλος λάβεν 1.387
; ὁππότε κέν μιν γυῖα λάβῃ κάματος 4.230
; τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα 24.170
, al.; δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε Od.4.704
; τοὺς Ἀθηναίους θάρσος ἔλαβε Th.2.92
; ἄχος X.Cyr. 5.5.6
; δέος Pl.Lg. 699c
; ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς ἐλάμβανε when the occasion came to them, i.e. occurred, Th.2.34, D.C.44.19; of fevers and sudden illnesses, attack, Hp.Morb.1.19, Th.2.49, Ar.Ec. 417, etc. (cf. λάζομαι, λῆψις):—[voice] Pass., λαμβάνεσθαι νόσῳ, ὑπὸ [νόσου], S.Tr. 446, Hdt.1.138; ἔρωτι X.Cyr.6.1.31
, etc. (reversely of the person, λ. θυμόν, etc., v. infr.11.3).

b of a deity, seize, possess, τινα Hdt.4.79:—[voice] Pass., τῇ Ῥέᾳ λαμβάνονται Luc.Nigr.37
.

c of darkness, etc., occupy, possess, εὖτ' ἂν κνέφας τεμενος αἰθέρος λάβῃ A.Pers. 365
.

3 catch, overtake, as an enemy, Il.5.159, 11.106, 126, etc.; λ. τινὰ στείχοντα θύραζε Od.9.418
; ζῶντες ἐλάμφθησαν Hdt.9.119
; simply, find, come upon, S.OT 1031, E. Ion 1339.

4 catch, find out, detect, Hdt.2.89 ([voice] Pass.); ποίῳ λαβών σε Ζεὺς ἐπ' αἰτιάματι; A.Pr. 196; τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ φόνου λ. S.OT 266
: freq. c. part., κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον ib. 461; κλέπτοντα Κλέωνα λάβοιμι Ar.V. 759
; λ. τινὰ ψευδόμενον Pl.R. 389d
; τοῦτον ὑβρίζοντα λαβόντες D.21.97
: with Adj., ὅπως μὴ λήψομαί σε προπετῆ Men.Epit. 570
:—[voice] Pass., δρῶσ' ἐλήφθης S.Tr. 808
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ δεινὰ δρῶντ' εἰλημμένω Ar.Pl. 455
; ληφθεῖσαν ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ μηχανωμένην τι Antipho 1.3
; ἐλήφθη μοιχός Lys.13.66
: in good sense, οὐκ ἂν λάβοις μου μᾶλλον οὐδέν' εὐσεβῆ S.Ph. 1051
.

5 λ. τινὰ πίστι καὶ ὁρκίοισι bind him by.., Hdt.3.74; ἀραῖον λαβεῖν τινα S.OT 276
codd.

6 c. dupl. acc., take as, λαβὼν πρόβλημα σαυτοῦ παῖδα τόνδ' Id.Ph. 1007; ξυμπαραστάτην λ. τινά ib. 675; τοὺς Ἕλληνας λ. συναγωνιζομένους Isoc.5.86
.

7 τὴν Ἴδην λαβὼν ἐς ἀριστερὴν χεῖρα taking, keeping Ida to your left (nisi leg. λαβών, ἐς ..) Hdt.7.42; ἐν δεξιᾷ λ. τὴν Σικελίαν Th.7.1
; λ. τὸ στρατόπεδον κατὰ νώτου take in rear, i.e. be behind, Hdt.1.75; cf. ἀπείργω 11.2
, ἔχω (A) A.1.7.

8 λ. Ἑλληνίδα ἐσθῆτα assume it, Id.4.78, cf. 2.37; λ. ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
.

b take food or drugs, Diocl.Frr. 121 ([voice] Pass.), 140, Sor.1.125, Gal.15.469.

9 apprehend by the senses, ὄμμασιν θέαν S. Ph. 537
, cf. 656; πρόσφθεγμά τινος ib. 234; ὁρᾶται, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ αἰσθήσει λαμβάνεται Pl.R. 524d
.

b apprehend with the mind, understand, φρενὶ λ. τὸν λόγον Hdt.9.10
; νόῳ Id.3.41
; τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl. Prm. 143a
; λ. ἐν ταῖς γνώμαις βεβαίως X.Cyr.3.3.51
; ἐν νῷ Plb.2.35.6
: abs., λ. τὴν ἀλήθειαν Antipho 1.6
; μνήμην παρὰ τῆς φήμης λ. Lys.2.3
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 246d, etc.

c with Adv. added, take, i.e. understand in a certain manner, ταύτῃ ταῦτα ἐλάμβανον Hdt.7.142
; λάβετε [τοὺς λόγους] μὴ πολεμίως Th.4.17
; τὸ πρᾶγμα μειζόνως ἐλάμβανον took it more seriously, Id.6.27, cf. 61; ὀρθῶς λ. τὸν φιλοκερδῆ Pl.Hipparch. 227c
; λ. τι οὕτω, ὧδε, Arist.SE 174b27, Rh.Al. 1423a4; ὀργῇ καὶ φόβῳ τὸ γεγονὸς λ. Plu.Alc.18
: with παρά c.acc., λαμβάνω σε παρὰ βουκόλον .. PMag.Par.1.2434:—[voice] Pass., τρίτου καθεστῶσαι ἐπὶ πρώτου λαμβάνονται are used for the first person, A.D.Pron.78.22; with ἐς, εἰ ἐς κόρην λαμβάνοιτο be taken for a girl, Philostr.Im.2.32: less freq. c. dupl. acc., ὡς μεθυστικὰς λ. [τὰς ἁρμονίας] Arist.Pol. 1342b25, cf. S.E.P.1.179; τῆς νίκης ἆθλον τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς πολιτείας λ. Arist.Pol. 1296a31
; τοῦτο λ. γιγνόμενον Id.Mete. 346a7
; also λ. περί τινος τί ἐστι Id.EN 1142a32
, cf. 1140a24, al.: also c. inf., λ. τι εἶναί τι Id.Mete. 389a29
, al.: with a relat. clause, οὕτω δεῖ λαμβάνειν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὅτι .. Id.Metaph. 1053a27, cf. Str.2.5.1; εἰλήφθω ὁ ἄδικος ποσαχῶς λέγεται Arist.EN 1129a31
: in bad sense, πρὸς δέους λ. τι Plu.Flam.7
; πρὸς ἀτιμίας Id.Cic.13
; λ. δι' οἴκτου E. Supp. 194
; but also ἐν χάριτι καὶ δωρεᾷ λ. receive as a favour, Plb.1.31.6.

d in Logic, assume, take for granted, ἅπαν ζῷον λαμβάνει ἢ θνητὸν ἢ ἀθάνατον Arist.APr. 46b6
; λ. τὰς περὶ ἕκαστον ἀρχάς ib. 53a2, etc.:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ληφθέντα ib. 26b30; αἱ εἰλημμέναι προτάσεις ib. 33a15, cf. Phld.Rh.2.46 S., Sign.35, Oec.p.5 J., S.E.P.2.89.

e take, i.e. determine, estimate, τὴν ξυμμέτρησιν τῶν κλιμάκων Th.3.20
; ἐντεῦθεν τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων Lycurg.66
; τὴν τιμωρίαν ποθεινοτέραν λ. Th.2.42
.

10 take in hand, undertake (cf. ληπτέον) , λ. τι ἐπὶ τὸ σωφρονέστερον, opp. συνταχύνειν, Hdt.3.71; μηδένα πόνον λαβόντες without taking any trouble, Id.7.24; παλαισμάτων λ. φροντίδα Pi.N.10.22
.

11 take in, hold, τὸ στρατόπεδον πεζοὺς λ. περὶ τετρακισχιλίους Plb.3.107.10.

12 part. λαβών freq. seems pleonastic, but adds dramatic effect, λαβὼν κύσε χεῖρα took and kissed, Od.24.398, cf. Il.21.36: so in Trag. and Com., τί μ' οὐ λαβὼν ἔκτεινας; S.OT 1391, cf. 641; τῆ νῦν τόδε πῖθι λαβών Cratin.141
, etc.

b ingressive of ἔχων ( ἔχω (A) A.1.6), ἑτάρους τε λ. καὶ νῆα.. ἦλθον Od. 15.269
, cf. S.Tr. 259.

II receive,

1 have given one, get, receive, prop. of things (AB 106), ἄποινα Il.6.427
; τὰ πρῶτα 23.275
; ἀντίποινα S.El. 592
, v. infr.e; παρὰ βασιλέος δῶρα Hdt.8.10
, cf. Ar. Eq. 439; πρός τινος S.El.12
, etc.; ἀπὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν X.Mem.2.9.4
; gain, win, κλέος Od.1.298
, S.Ph. 1347, etc.; ἀρετάν Pi.O.8.6
; κόσμον Id.N.3.31
codd. (v.l. ἔλαχες Sch.); ἀλκήν S.OT 218
, etc.; πρὸς τὸ μνηστεύεσθαι λ. ἡλικίαν attain.., Isoc.10.39; λ. νόστον E.IT 1016
, etc.; λ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης Isoc.5.61
; μοναρχίαν S.Ant. 1163
; τέρψιν Id.Tr. 820
; χάριν Id.OT 1004
; κέρδος Ar.Ach. 906
: also in bad sense, λ. ὀνείδη S.OT 1494
; συμφοράν E.Med.43
; θάνατον Id.Hel. 201
(lyr.); γέλωτα μωρίαν τε incur.., Id. Ion 600; αἰτίαν ἀπό τινος Th.2.18
, etc.:—for λ. θυμόν, etc., v. supr.1.2 et infr. 3.

b receive hospitably, Od.7.255, cf. S.OC 284 ([etym.] ἔλαβες τὸν ἱκέτην ἐχέγγυον) which approaches this sense; καλῶς λ. τινά treat well, BGU843.10 (i/ii A. D.).

c receive in marriage, Hdt.1.199, 9.108, E.Fr.953.27, X. HG4.1.14, Isoc.10.39, PEleph.1.2 (iv B. C.), Men.Pk. 436; τοῖς λαμβάνουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν, i.e. those who married their daughters, SIG1044.14 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.); also of the father taking a daughter-in-law, τῷ υἱῷ λ. τινά Men.Pk. 447
.

d λ. ὄνομα, ἐπωνυμίαν, receive a name, Pl. Plt. 305d, Smp. 173d.

e λ. δίκην receive, i.e. suffer, punishment, Hdt.1.115; τὴν ἀξίην λ. get one's deserts, Id.7.39; δίκην γὰρ ἀξίαν ἐλάμβανεν E.Ba. 1312
; λ. ζημίας D.11.11
.

f λ. ὅρκον receive an oath, Arist. Rh. 1377a8; λ. πιστά X.An.3.2.5
, al.; λ. λόγον demand an account, τινος for a thing, παρά τινος from a person, Id.Cyr.1.4.3, D.8.47.

g λ. ἐν γαστρί conceive, Hp.Prorrh.2.24; κῦμα λ., of the earth, A.Ch. 128.

h receive as produce, profit, etc., οἶνον ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου Ar.Nu. 1123
; [χρήματα] ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Pl.R. 347b
; λ. ἑκατὸν τῆς δραχμῆς, ὀβολοῦ, purchase for.., Ar. Pax 1263, Ra. 1235, cf. Nu. 1395; πόθεν ἄν τις τοῦτο τὸ χρῖμα λάβοι; X.Smp.2.4.

i λ. πεῖράν τινος, v. πεῖρα.

2 admit of, ὁ μέγας κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
.

b admit, initiate, τοὺς ἐς τὰ τῆς τέχνης εἰλημμένους Hp.Decent.17
.

3 of persons conceiving feelings and the like , λ. θυμόν take heart, Od. 10.461: freq. in periphrasis, λ. φόβον, = φοβεῖσθαι, S.OC 729; αἰδῶ λ., = αἰδεῖσθαι, Id.Aj. 345; λ. ὀργήν, = ὀργίζεσθαι, E.Supp. 1050: so generally λ. ἀρχήν, = ἄρχεσθαι, Id.IA 1124; λ. ὕψος, ἐπίδοσιν, αὔξησιν, = ὑψοῦσθαι, ἐπιδιδόναι, αὐξάνεσθαι, Th.1.91, Isoc.4.10, Arist.GA 732b5, etc.; λ. κακόν τι Ar.Nu. 1310
; λ. νόσον take a disease, Pl.R. 610d; λ. μορφήν, τέλος, etc., Arist.GA 762a13, 744a21, etc.; αἱ οἰκίαι ἐπάλξεις λαμβάνουσαι receiving battlements, having battlements added, Th.4.69, cf. 115.

4 c. inf., receive permission to.., SIG996.6 (Smyrna, i A. D.).

B [voice] Med., take hold of, lay hold on, c. gen., [ σχεδίης] Od.5.325; τῆς κεφαλῆς, τῶν γουνάτων, Hdt.4.64, 9.76; χειρός E.Med. 899
, etc.; τοῦ βωμοῦ And.1.126
, etc.: c. dupl.gen., μου λαβόμενος τῆς χειρός Pl. Chrm. 153b
.

2 seize and keep hold of, obtain possession of, ἀρχῆς S.OC 373
; καιροῦ λαβόμενος seizing the opportunity, Is.2.28; λ. ἀληθείας Pl.Plt. 309d
: rarely c. acc., τόν.. λελαβέσθαι Od.4.388
.

3 lay hands upon, χαλεπῶς λαμβάνεσθαί τινος lay rough hands on him, deal hardly with him, Hdt.2.121. δ.

4 of place, λ. τῶν ὀρῶν take to the mountains, Th.3.24, cf. 106; Δήλου λαβόμεναι (sc. αἱ νῆες) reaching Delos, Id.8.80.

5 find fault with, censure, τινος Pl.Lg. 637c, Philostr.VA4.22.

6 λαβέσθαι ἑαυτοῦ check oneself, Hld.2.24.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λαμβάνω
15 καλός

καλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; pert. to meeting high standards or expectations of appearance, kind, or quality) superl. κάλλιστος, η, ον (Diod S 5, 13, 1; JosAs 14:17 cod. A; ApcSed 11:4 p. 134, 14 Ja. καλλίστατε; Jos., Ant. 16, 142; Just., D. 20, 3; Tat. 28, 1).

① pert. to being attractive in outward appearance, beautiful, handsome, fine in outward appearance λίθοι κ. beautiful stones Lk 21:5. Of pers. (Lucian, Tim. 16, Dial. Mort. 1, 3) Hv 3, 13, 1; Hs 9, 3, 1.

② pert. to being in accordance at a high level w. the purpose of someth. or someone, good, useful.

ⓐ of things τόπον καλὸν ἀνακεχωρηκότα a beautiful remote place Hv 3, 1, 3; in the phys. sense free from defects, fine, precious opp. σαπρός (PLond II, 356, 4ff p. 252 [I A.D.]; TestJob 7:5 ἄρτον [opp. κεκαιμένον]) of fish Mt 13:48; superl. τὰ κάλλιστα the especially good ones vs. 48 D. Of a tree and its fruit 12:33; Lk 6:43. Opp. πονηρός of fruits Mt 7:17ff. Otherw. of fruits (Menand., Mon. 303 Mei. [402 J.] καρπός) 3:10; Lk 3:9; Hs 2, 4. ἀμπελῶνες m 10, 1, 5. τράγοι B 7:6, 10. γῆ good soil Mt 13:8, 23; Mk 4:8, 20; Lk 8:15. σπέρμα Mt 13:24, 27, 37f. οἶνος J 2:10ab; Hm 12, 5, 3. μαργαρῖται fine pearls Mt 13:45. Subst. (Epict. 1, 12, 12 καλόν τι ἐλευθερία ἐστί) καλὸν τὸ ἅλας salt is a good thing Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34. ἔργον something useful Hs 5, 2, 7.—Superl. of Polycarp’s writings συγγράμματα κάλλιστα most excellent writings EpilMosq 2.

ⓑ of moral quality (opp. αἰσχρός IAndrosIsis, Kyme 32) good, noble, praiseworthy, contributing to salvation etc. ἔργον καλόν, ἔργα καλά (Hippocr., Ep. 27, 30; Athen. 1, 15 p. 8f ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ἔργοις; SibOr 3, 220) Mt 5:16; 26:10; Mk 14:6; J 10:32f; 1 Ti 5:10, 25; 6:18; Tit 2:7, 14; 3:8ab, 14; Hb 10:24; 1 Pt 2:12; 2 Pt 1:10 v.l.; 2 Cl 12:4. λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 13:3. καλόν: ἐν καλῷ Gal 4:18b; cp. Pol 6:3. (Opp. κακόν) διάκρισις καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ Hb 5:14 (Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 3, 168 διάκρισις τῶν τε καλῶν κ. κακῶν). (τὸ) κ. (opp. κακ.) ποιεῖν (2 Ch 14:1; 31:20) Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7. Without the contrast w. κακ. Gal 6:9; Js 4:17; 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17); Dg 4:3. κατεργάζεσθαι Ro 7:18. ἐργάζεσθαι B 21:2. καλὰ προνοεῖσθαι ἐνώπιόν τινος (Pr 3:4) Ro 12:17; sim. 2 Cor 8:21.—ἀναστροφή (cp. 2 Macc 6:23) Js 3:13; 1 Pt 2:12. συνείδησις Hb 13:18 (cp. PRein 52, 5 οὐ καλῷ συνειδότι χρώμενοι); φόβος 1 Cl 21:8; νουθέτησις 56:2; νηστεία Hs 5, 3, 5; μαρτυρία κ. a good reputation 1 Ti 3:7. ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ κ. ἀγαθῇ in a noble and good heart Lk 8:15 (w. ἀγ., as freq. in Gr-Rom. wr. to characterize exceptional citizens [s. καλοκἀγαθία], also Jos., Ant. 4, 67; 10, 188 al.; Just., A II, 2, 7 al.). Of the law morally unobjectionable (Maximus Tyr. 20, 9a) Ro 7:16; cp. 1 Ti 1:8. ἐντολαί Hm 12, 3, 4; Hs 6, 1, 1f. οὐ καλὸν τὸ καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 Cor 5:6. τοῦτο καλὸν καὶ ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ 1 Ti 2:3; 5:4 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 7:3; 21:1; 60:2; 61:2; Pol 6:1 (Pr 3:4). πολυτέλεια καλὴ καὶ ἱλαρά Hs 1, 10. λειτουργία 5, 3, 8. Superl.: of martyrs ὑπόδειγμα κάλλιστον finest example 1 Cl 6:1.

ⓒ in any respect unobjectionable, blameless, excellent.

α. of pers. κύριος B 7:1; cp. 19:11 (καλό of God: Celsus 4, 14). μαθητής IPol 2:1. ἱερεῖς IPhld 9:1. διάκονος Χριστοῦ Ἰ. 1 Ti 4:6a. οἰκονόμος 1 Pt 4:10. στρατιώτης Χρ. Ἰ. 2 Ti 2:3. ποιμήν J 10:11ab, 14. ἀνταποδότης D 4:7.

β. of things μέτρον good, full measure Lk 6:38. θεμέλιος 1 Ti 6:19. βαθμός 3:13. ἔργον someth. helpful, beneficial 3:1. διδασκαλία 4:6b. παραθήκη 2 Ti 1:14. ὁμολογία 1 Ti 6:12b, 13. ἀγών 6:12a; 2 Ti 4:7. στρατεία 1 Ti 1:18. κτίσμα (3 Macc 5:11) 4:4. πλάσμα B 6:12. σκεῦος 21:8. βάπτισμα ApcPt Rainer 4. καλὸν θεοῦ ῥῆμα (cp. Josh 21:45; 23:15; Zech 1:13) Hb 6:5. τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (in a Pompeian graffito [Dssm., LO 237; LAE 277] a lover speaks of the καλὸν ὄνομα of his beloved). οὐδὲν φαινόμενον καλόν (ἐστιν) IRo 3:3. πάντα ὁμοῦ κ. ἐστιν IPhld 9:2. τὸ καλόν what passes the test 1 Th 5:21.

ⓓ The term καλόν (ἐστιν) in the gener. sense it is good qualifies items that fit under one of the preceding clasifications (Pr 17:26.—כָּלָן=καλόν loanw. in rabb.).

α. it is pleasant, desirable, advantageous (Jos., Bell. 4, 163) Mt 17:4; 18:8f; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33.—1 Cor 7:26a.

β. it is morally good, pleasing to God, contributing to salvation 1 Cor 7:1 (cp. Gen 2:18), 8, 26b; Hb 13:9.—οὐ καλόν Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27.

γ. καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον it is better for him Mk 9:42; cp. 1 Cor 9:15. καλόν (σοί) ἐστιν … ἤ it is a(n) (greater) advantage (for you) …, than (cp. Jon 4:3; ApcEsdr 1:6 p. 24, 13) Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47 (s. B-D-F §190, 2). καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ it would have been better for him Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21 v.l. (B-D-F §358, 1; 360, 1). Without copula Mk 14:21; 1 Cl 51:3; IRo 6:1; 2 Cl 16:4.—That which is good or better is added in the inf., which forms the subject of καλόν ἐστιν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 13 §46 καλὸν εἴη τινὶ θνῄσκειν; Polyaenus 8, 9, 2; Jos., Bell. 1, 650; 4, 163) Mt 15:26; 18:8f; Mk 7:27; Gal 4:18a; Hm 6, 2, 9; also the articular inf. (Menand., Monost. 283; 291 [396; 410 J.] καλὸν τὸ θνῄσκειν al.). κ. τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα Ro 14:21; 1 Cor 7:26b; IEph 15:1; IRo 2:2; Pol 5:3; MPol 11:1; w. acc. and inf. ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33; cp. Mk 9:43, 45, 47; B 21:1; with εἰ (ApcSed 4:2) Mt 26:24 (1Cl 46:8); Mk 9:42; 14:21; with ἐάν 1 Cor 7:8. S. B-D-F §409, 3; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT ’62, 76–78.—B. 1176; 1191. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καλός
16 τηρέω

τηρέω impf. ἐτήρουν, 3 pl. ἐτήρουν and ἐτήρουσαν AcPl Ha 8, 11 and 13; fut. τηρήσω; 1 aor. ἐτήρησα; pf. τετήρηκα, 3 pl. τετήρηκαν J 17:6 (B-D-F §83, 1; W-S. §13, 15; Mlt. 52f; Mlt-H. 221). Pass.: impf. ἐτηρούμην; 1 aor. ἐτηρήθην; pf. τετήρημαι (Pind., Thu.+)

① to retain in custody, keep watch over, guard τινά, τὶ someone, someth. a prisoner (Thu. 4, 30, 4) Mt 27:36, 54; Ac 16:23; a building (s. PPetr II, 37, 1, 19 [III B.C.] τηρεῖν τὸ χῶμα; PFlor 388, 32; 1 Macc 4:61; 6:50) Hs 9, 6, 2; 9, 7, 3. Pass. (Jos., Ant. 14, 366) Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Ac 12:5. Cp. 24:23; 25:4, 21b. τηρεῖν τὴν φυλακὴν guard the jail 12:6. ὅπου οἰ κεκλεισμένοι τηροῦνται AcPl Ha 3, 20. Abs. (keep) watch (PSI 165, 4; 168, 9; 1 Esdr 4:11; 2 Esdr 8:29) MPol 17:2. οἱ τηροῦντες the guards (SSol 3:3) Mt 28:4.

② to cause a state, condition, or activity to continue, keep, hold, reserve, preserve someone or someth. (Aristoph., Pax 201; τὴν ἁρμονίαν τ. τοῦ πατρός Iren. 2, 33, 5 [Harv. I 380, 13])

ⓐ for a definite purpose or a suitable time (Jos., Ant. 1, 97) τετήρηκας τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι J 2:10 (POxy 1757, 23 τήρησόν μοι αὐτά, ἕως ἀναβῶ). Cp. 12:7 (WKühne, StKr 98/99, 1926, 476f; s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John ’60, 346 on the problem of interp.). τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν Ac 25:21a. κληρονομίαν τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς (εἰς 4g) 1 Pt 1:4.—2 Pt 2:4 (cp. TestReub 5:5 εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον τετήρηται), 9, 17; 3:7 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 97 τηρεῖσθαι κατακλυσμῷ); Jd 6b, 13; MPol 2:3; 11:2; 15:1.

ⓑ keep, etc., unharmed or undisturbed (Polyb. 6, 56, 13 one’s word; Herodian 7, 9, 3) ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με τηρηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου J 14:21 P⁷⁵. τὴν σφραγῖδα 2 Cl 7:6. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 14:3a (opp. φθείρειν). τὴν σάρκα 14:3b. τηρεῖ ἑαυτόν 1J 5:18 v.l. τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον keep his virgin inviolate as such 1 Cor 7:37 (Heraclit. Sto. 19 p. 30, 3; Achilles Tat. 8, 18, 2 παρθένον τὴν κόρην τετήρηκα. SBelkin, JBL 54, ’35, 52 takes τηρ. here to mean support one’s fiancıe, without having marital relations.—On this subj. s. the lit. s.v. γαμίζω 1).—W. a second acc. (of the predicate, to denote the condition that is to remain unharmed; cp. M. Ant. 6, 30 τήρησαι σεαυτὸν ἁπλοῦν; BGU 1141, 25 [13 B.C.] ἄμεμπτον ἐμαυτὸν ἐτήρησα; Wsd 10:5; Just., D. 88, 5 ἀτιμωρήτους αὐτοὺς τηρῆσαι) τὴν ἐντολὴν ἄσπιλον 1 Ti 6:14. τὸ βάπτισμα ἁγνόν 2 Cl 6:9. τὴν σφραγῖδα ὑγιῆ Hs 8, 6, 3. τὴν σάρκα ἁγνήν 2 Cl 8:4, 6. τὴν σάρκα ὡς ναὸν θεοῦ IPhld 7:2. σεαυτὸν ἁγνόν 1 Ti 5:22.—2 Cor 11:9; Js 1:27. Pass. ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα τηρηθείη 1 Th 5:23. τηρεῖν τινα ἔν τινι keep someone (unharmed) by or through someth. J 17:11f. ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ θεοῦ τηρήσατε keep yourselves from harm by making it possible for God to show his love for you in the future also Jd 21. τοῖς Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις κλητοῖς to those who have been called and who have been kept unharmed for Christ, or, in case the ἐν before θεῷ is to be repeated, through Christ Jd 1.

ⓒ of holding on to someth. so as not to give it up or lose it (Diod S 17, 43, 9 τὰ ὅπλα, the shields; τὴν ἀρετήν Did., Gen. 87, 4. Cp. τ. τὰ μυστήρια … καὶ ἐξειπεῖν μηδενί Hippol., Ref. 5, 27, 2) τὴν ἁγνείαν Hm 4, 4, 3. τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος Eph 4:3. τὴν πίστιν 2 Ti 4:7 (cp. Diod S 19, 42, 5 τηρεῖν τὴν πίστιν; IBM III, 587b, 5 ὅτι τὴν πίστιν ἐτήρησα; Jos., Bell. 2, 121, Ant. 15, 134). τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ Rv 16:15 (or else he will have to go naked). αὐτόν (=τὸν θεόν) 1J 5:18. W. a neg.: fail to hold fast = lose through carelessness or give up through frivolity or a deficient understanding of the value of what one has τὶ someth. τὸ μικρόν 2 Cl 8:5 (a dominical saying whose literary source is unknown). τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν (s. ἀρχή 7) Jd 6a.

ⓓ of being protective (Pind. et al.; En 100:5) keep τινὰ ἔκ τινος someone from someone or someth. J 17:15; Rv 3:10b (cp. Pr 7:5 τηρεῖν τινα ἀπό τινος).

③ to persist in obedience, keep, observe, fulfill, pay attention to, esp. of law and teaching (LXX) τὶ someth. (Polyb. 1, 83, 5 legal customs; Herodian 6, 6, 1; Just., A I, 49, 3 τὰ παλαιὰ ἔθη) Mt 23:3; Ac 21:25 v.l.; Hs 5, 3, 9. τὸν νόμον (Achilles Tat. 8, 13, 4; Tob 14:9; TestDan 5:1.—τ. νόμους Jos., C. Ap. 2, 273; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 10, 11; Theoph. Ant. 2, 16 [p. 140, 15]) 15:5; Js 2:10; Hs 8, 3, 3–5. τὰ νόμιμα τοῦ θεοῦ Hv 1, 3, 4 (τηρ. τὰ νόμιμα as Jos., Ant. 8, 395; 9, 222). δικαιώματα κυρίου B 10:11. τὰ πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 11; 13. πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν Mt 28:20. τὰς ἐντολάς (CB I/2, 566f, nos. 467–69, side A of an altar [313/14 A.D.] τηρῶν ἐντολὰς ἀθανάτων, i.e. θεῶν; Sir 29:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 120; Just., D. 10, 3; Iren. 1, 10, 1 [Harv. I 91, 14]) 19:17; J 14:15, 21; 15:10ab; 1J 2:3f; 3:22, 24; 5:3; Rv 12:17; 14:12; Hm 7:5; 12, 3, 4; 12, 6, 3; Hs 5, 1, 5; 5, 3, 2; 6, 1, 4; 8, 7, 6; 10, 3, 4 (Oxy 404, 17 restoration on basis of Lat. and Ethiopic versions); cp. 5, 3, 3. Pass. 5, 3, 5a. τὸ σάββατον observe the Sabbath J 9:16. τὴν νηστείαν keep the fast Hs 5, 3, 5b v.l.; cp. 5, 3, 9. τὴν παράδοσιν (Jos., Vi. 361b) Mk 7:9 v.l. τὸν λόγον J 8:51f, 55; 14:23; 15:20ab; 17:6; 1J 2:5; Rv 3:8. τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου vs. 10a. τοὺς λόγους (1 Km 15:11) J 14:24. ἃ παρελάβαμεν AcPlCor 1:5. τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας Rv 22:7, τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου vs. 9. τὰ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ γεγραμμένα 1:3. ὁ τηρῶν τὰ ἔργα μου the one who takes my deeds to heart Rv 2:26. Abs., but w. the obj. easily supplied fr. the context τήρει pay attention to it 3:3 (cp. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 184).—DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > τηρέω
17 λέγω

⁺ V 1031-1852-732-492-503=4610 Gn 1,3.6.9.11.14

to say (often a ptc. introducing dir. speech) Gn 1,22; to say that, to assert that [+inf.] Gn 38,22; to say to, to speak to [πρός τινα] Gn 19,5; id. [τινι] Gn 23,3; id. [ἐνώπιόν τινος] Dn^Th 6,14; id. [ἐναντίον τινός]

Ex 6,30; to say [τι] Gn 45,9

to call so and so [τινα +pred.] 2 Mc 4,2; to order, to command [abs.] Nm 32,27; id. [πρός τινα] Jos 5,15; to tell or command one to do [τινι +inf.] Ex 5,16; to mean [τι] 2 Mc 14,7; to plead before [ἐπί τινος] 2 Mc 4,47

ἔγραψεν λέγων he wrote as follows 2 Sm 11,15; ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (by pers., cities, etc.) 2 Mc 9,2; ἡ λέγουσα ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς she that says in her heart, she that says to herself Zph 2,15; τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως λεγόμενα commands of the king Est 3,3; τὰ λεχθέντα ὑπὸ κυρίου words that have been spoken

by the Lord Jos 24,27; λέγει ὁ νόμος the law says 4 Mc 2,5; λέγω I mean (as interj., without influence on the construction) 4 Mc 1,2

*Jb 41,1 ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις at the things said-אל־אמריו for MT אל־מראיו by the sight of him

see ἐρῶ and εἶπον

Cf. BARR 1961, 212; DORIVAL 1994, 485; HELBING 1907 62; 1928 117-120; WEVERS 1993, 12;

→NIDNTT; TWNT

(→ἀναλέγω, ἀντιλέγω, ἀπολέγω, διαλέγω, ἐκλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προσαναλέγω, συλλέγω,,) see εἶπον

Lust (λαγνεία) > λέγω
18 αἰχμαλωτίζω

αἰχμαλωτίζω 1 aor. ᾐχμαλώτισα LXX; pf. 3 pl. ᾐχμαλωτίκασιν 1 Macc 5:13. Pass.: 1 fut. αἰχμαλωτισθήσομαι; 1 aor. ᾐχμαλωτίσθην; pf. 3 sg. ᾐχμαλώτισται (TestJob 16:5) (s. αἰχμάλωτος; since Diod S 14, 37; Plut., Mor. 233c; Epict. 1, 28, 26; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 4, 3; 2, 6, 5 [pass.]; 3, 4, 6 [pass.]; SIG 763, 7; 10 [64 B.C.]; LXX; TestJob 16:5; EpArist 12; Test12Patr; AscIs 3:2; Jos., Bell. 1, 433 [mid.], Ant. 10, 153 [pass.]; Theoph. Ant. 3, 25 [p. 256, 27] s. Nägeli 29).

① to cause someone to become a prisoner of war

ⓐ lit. take captive εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα be scattered as captives among all nations Lk 21:24 (αἰ. εἰς as Tob 1:10; 1 Macc 10:33).

ⓑ fig. (so Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 90 αἰχμάλωτος and αἰχμαλωσία) make captive of the ἕτερος νόμος: αἰκμαλωτίζοντά με ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας makes me a prisoner to the law of sin Ro 7:23. αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ we take every thought captive and make it obey Christ 2 Cor 10:5. Of the devil μὴ αἰχμαλωτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ προκειμένου ζῆν lest he lead you captive from the life which lies before you IEph 17:1.

② the military aspect may give way to the more gener. sense gain control of, in which case αἰ. connotes carry away=mislead, deceive (Jdth 16:9 αἰ. ψυχήν; Iren. 1, praef. 1 [Harv. I 2, 4]) αἰ. γυναικάρια 2 Ti 3:6 (αἰχμαλωτεύοντες v.l.); τινά τινι αἰ. mislead someone w. someth. IPhld 2:2 (w. dat., and acc. to be supplied TestReub 5:3). ἵνα μὴ αἰχμαλωτισθήσεται ἡ καρδία αὐτῆς ἐκ ναοῦ κυρίου so that her heart be not enticed away from the Lord’s temple GJs 7:2.—DELG s.v. αἰχμή. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αἰχμαλωτίζω
19 χαρίζω

χᾰρίζω, [tense] fut.

A χαριῶ Phld.Rh.1.381
S., Gloss.: [tense] aor. imper. χάρισον PMag.Lond.122.17
:—usu. [voice] Med. [full] χαρίζομαι, [tense] fut. - ιοῦμαι Th.3.40
, 8.65; χαριῇ (v.l. -εῖ ) also in Hdt.1.90; Cret. χαριξίομαι GDI5176.16
(found at Teos); also χαρίξομαι ib.5178.17 (ibid.); χαρίηνται is a false [dialect] Aeol. form in Milet.3 No.152.56; later χαρίσομαι Ep.Rom. 8.32
, Luc.DDeor.22.4: [tense] aor. ἐχαρισάμην Hdt.1.91
, etc.; opt. χαρίσαιτο Il.6.49
; [dialect] Aeol. imper. χάρισσαι Sapph.Supp.16.4
; Cret. inf. χαρίξασθαι GDI5163b8
([place name] Mylasa):—[voice] Pass. forms, [tense] fut. χαρισθήσομαι in pass. sense, Ep.Philem.22: [tense] aor. ἐχαρίσθην in pass. sense, Act.Ap. 3.14, 1 Ep.Cor.2.12: [tense] pf. κεχάρισμαι in act. sense, κεχάρισαι Ar.Ec. 1045
, - ισται Id.Eq.54
; also in pass. sense, imper. - ίσθω Pl.Phdr. 250c
: [tense] plpf. ἐκεχάριστο Hdt.8.5
, [dialect] Ep. κεχάριστο Od.6.23
:— say or do something agreeable to a person, show him favour or kindness, oblige, gratify, c. dat. pers., freq. in part., χαριζομένη πόσεϊ ᾧ Il.5.71
, cf. 11.23, 15.449, Od.8.538,13.265; once in Hes., ποίησε.. χαριζόμενος Διί Th. 580
; πᾶσι χαριζοίμην ἄν Hdt.6.130
, cf. Th.3.40; τοῖς θεοῖς X.Mem.4.3.16
; Καλλίᾳ χαριζόμενος to oblige, humour him, Pl.Prt. 362a, cf. Men. 75b, Ar.Eq. 1368; of a judge, give a partial verdict, χ. οἷς ἂν δοκῇ αὐτῷ Pl.Ap. 35c
; also χ. τῷ ἵππῳ X. Eq.10.12
: abs., make oneself agreeable, comply, opp. ἀντία φάσθαι, once in A., Pers. 700 (lyr.); οἱ ὑπὲρ καιρὸν χαριζόμενοι And.4.7
: c. acc. cogn., χάριτας χ. E.Fr.360.1
, Isoc.1.31, D.18.239; χ. τι καὶ αὐτός Th.3.42
; with part. added, χαρίζετο ἱερὰ ῥέζων Od. 1.61
, cf. Hdt.1.90, Ar.Ec. 1045, Pl.R. 338a, 426c, etc.: more freq. c. dat. modi, μήτε τί μοι ψεύδεσσι χαρίζεο do not court favour by lies, Od.14.387; χαριζόμενος φιλότητι 10.43
, etc.; λόγῳ θωπεῦσαι καὶ ἔργῳ χ. Pl.Tht. 173a
codd.; opp. τὰ βέλτιστα λέγειν, D.9.2, cf. Plu.2.66a.

2 gratify or indulge a humour or passion, once in S., θυμῷ χαρίζεσθαι κενά El. 331
, cf. Antipho 4.3.2, X.An. 7.1.25; ὀργῇ E.Fr.31
; γλώσσῃ Id.Or. 1514
(troch.); ἔρωτι Pi.Fr. 127
; τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ Pl.R. 561c
: τῷ σώματι X.Mem.1.2.23
; τῇ γαστρί ib.2.1.2, Cyr.4.2.39; τῇ ἡδονῇ ib.4.3.2.

3 in erotic sense, grant favours to a man, Ar.Ec. 629 (anap.), Pl.Smp. 182a, Phdr. 231c, 256a, X.Mem.3.11.12, etc.: hence of Comedy, ὀλίγοις χαρίσασθαι Ar.Eq. 517
(anap.): c. acc. cogn., χ. θήλειαν ἀπόλαυσιν Luc.Am. 27
.

II c. acc. rei, give graciously or cheerfully, δῶρα Od.24.283
; ἄποινα Il.6.49
, 10.380; χαρίζεσθαί τινί τι Hdt.1.91
, Ar.Ach. 437, Eq.54, X.Cyr.1.4.9, etc.; πωλεῖν καὶ χ. καὶ τέκνοις μεταδιδόναι PGrenf.1.60.45
(vi A. D.); so c. acc. pers., χαρίζομαί σε τοῖς ὄχλοις PFlor.61.61
(i A.D.): with a strong oxymoron, ξείνια δυσμενέσιν λυγρὰ χ. Archil.7
: c. inf. with Art., χ. τὸ ποθεῖν Plu.2.609a
; τὸ ζῆν LXX 2 Ma.3.33
; without the Art., πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν (v.l. τὸ β.) Ev.Luc.7.21; χάρισαι [αὐτοῖς] μένειν allow them to remain, Luc.Am.19, cf. AP5.236 (Agath.); so ἆρ' ἄν τί μοι χαρίσαιο τοιόνδε—μή μου καταγελᾶν; Pl.Hp.Mi. 364c.

b χ. τὴν δέησιν grant the request, Luc.Bis Acc.14.

c [voice] Pass., c. acc., to be favoured with, ἀνάγκᾳ πνεῦμα χαριζόμενος Epigr.Gr.204.18
([place name] Cnidus).

2 c. gen. partit., give freely of a thing, ἀλλοτρίων χ. Od.17.452
; ταμίη.. χαριζομένη παρεόντων giving freely of such things as were ready, 1.140, etc.; παντοίων ἀγαθῶν γαστρὶ χαριζόμενοι Thgn.1000
; γλώσσης μαφιδίοιο χ. παρεοῦσι Theoc.25.188
; προικὸς χαρίζεσθαι, of his bounty, Od.13.15.

3 c. acc. pers., give up as a favour, τῇ μητρὶ χ. Ὀκτάβιον, by dropping a law aimed at him, Plu.CG4; but also, by unjust condemnation, Act.Ap.25.11,16; also τῷ θεῷ με ἐχαρίσω, of a dedication ceremony, PBremen49.14 (ii A. D.).

4 forgive, τὴν ἀδικίαν τινί 2 Ep.Cor.12.13
, cf. Ep.Col.2.13: abs., 2 Ep.Cor. 2.7, etc.

III [voice] Pass., esp. in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., κεχάριστο θυμῷ was dear to her heart, Od.6.23; τοῖσι Εὐβοεῦσι ἐκεχάριστο the pleasure of the Euboeans was done, Hdt.8.5; ταῦτα μὲν οὖν μνήμῃ κεχαρίσθω let a tribute be paid.. Pl.Phdr. 250c; cf. χάρις A.
V.

2 mostly part. [tense] pf. κεχαρισμένος, η, ον, as Adj., acceptable, welcome, ἐμῷ κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ Il.5.243
, 826, etc.; κεχαρισμένα δῶρα θεοῖσι δίδωσι, 20.298, cf. Od.16.184, 19.397; κεχαρισμένα θεῖναί τινι to do things pleasing to one, Il.24.661; ἀνὴρ κεχαρισμένα εἰδώς Od.8.584
; θεοις κεχαρισμένα ποιεῖν Lys.6.33
; κεχ. τοῖς θεοῖς λέγειν τε καὶ πράττειν, Pl.Euthphr. 14b, cf. Phdr. 273e; δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι Od.2.54
, cf. Hdt.1.87, 3.119, X.Mem. 1.2.10, etc.; κεχαρισμένα θύρσῳ E.HF 892
(lyr.); κεχαρ. χοιρίδιον Ar. Pax 386
(lyr.); πᾶσιν κεχαρισμένος Pl.Sph. 218a
; λόγος κεχ. D.14.1
; σιτίον ἢ ποτόν X.Mem.2.1.24
; ἐν τοῖς μὴ κεχαρισμένοις.. πρὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν Arist.PA 645a7
; cf. κεχαρισμένως.

3 later, [comp] Comp. κεχαρισμενώτερος Ael.NA12.7
; [comp] Sup. - ώτατος Alciphr. 3.65
.—Rare in Trag., but freq. in [dialect] Att. Prose.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χαρίζω

См. также в других словарях:

law of the heart — Starling s l. of the heart … Medical dictionary
Frank-Starling law of the heart — The Frank Starling law of the heart (also known as Starling s law or the Frank Starling mechanism) states that the greater the volume of blood entering the heart during diastole (end diastolic volume), the greater the volume of blood ejected… … Wikipedia
Starling's law of the heart — n a statement in physiology: the strength of the heart s systolic contraction is directly proportional to its diastolic expansion with the result that under normal physiological conditions the heart pumps out of the right atrium all the blood… … Medical dictionary
Frank-Starling law of the heart — n STARLING S LAW OF THE HEART … Medical dictionary
Law Enforcement Purple Heart — A Law Enforcement Purple Heart is a generic term to describe a United States law enforcement medal which may be issued to any police officer who is wounded or killed in the line of duty. The term is based on the Purple Heart Medal issued by the… … Wikipedia
The Death of the Heart — is a 1939 novel by Elizabeth Bowen set between the two world wars. It is about a sixteen year old orphan, Portia Quayne, who moves to London to live with her half brother Thomas and falls in love with Eddie, a friend of her sister in law. The… … Wikipedia
The Heart of the Game — Infobox Film name= The Heart of the Game caption = The Heart of the Game poster imdb id=0478166 writer=Ward Serrill starring=Bill Resler Darnellia Russell Joyce Walker Ludacris director=Ward Serrill distributor=Miramax Films released=June 9, 2006 … Wikipedia
Judicial decrees may not change the heart, but they can restrain the heartless. — Judicial decrees may not change the heart, but they can restrain the heartless. Judicial decrees may not change the heart, but they can restrain the heartless. Martin Luther King, Jr. Nolo’s Plain English Law Dictionary. Gerald N. Hill, Kathleen… … Law dictionary
harden the heart — index alienate (estrange) Burton s Legal Thesaurus. William C. Burton. 2006 … Law dictionary
Cold Around the Heart — Filmdaten Deutscher Titel: The Hunt Originaltitel: Cold Around the Heart Produktionsland: USA Erscheinungsjahr: 1997 Länge: 92 (gekürzt 89) Minuten Originalsprache: Englisch … Deutsch Wikipedia
Hymns from the Heart — Studioalbum von Johnny Cash Veröffentlichung 1962 Label Columbia Records … Deutsch Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

law+of+the+heart

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

law+of+the+heart

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: